
Class 

Book , __ 

Copyright N°_\ °\ \ { 

COPYRIGHT DEPOSIT. 



The Economics of 
Manual Training 

A Complete Treatise Giving Just the Information 
Needed by All Interested in Manual Training, 
Covering the Cost of Equipping and Main- 
taining Hand Work in the Elementary 
and Secondary Schools 



By 



LOUIS ROUILLION, M. A. 

n 

Adjunct Professor of Manual Training, Teachers College, 

Columbia University, Director Mechanics 

Institute, New York City 




SECOND EDITION 



FULLY ILLUSTRATED 



NEW YORK: 
THE NORMAN W. HENLEY PUBLISHING CO. 

132 NASSAU STREET 
1911 



- 

\ x 

\pO X 



Copyright 1905 

By 

LOUIS ROUILLION 



Copyright 1911 

By 

THE NORMAN W. HENLEY PUBLISHING COMPANY 



CI.A283292 



Economics of Manual Trainim 




The William McKinley High School, St. Louis, Mo. 

The Economics of 
Manual Training. 

▼ ▼ ▼ 

The impetus given to the introduction of hand work 
— popularly termed manual training — in the schools of 
the United States during recent years has been little short 
of phenomenal. No school system making any pretension 
to completeness can now consistently ignore the claims of 
manual training to being an integral part of the curri- 
culum. So widespread has the recognition of these claims 
become that many of the largest school systems in the 
country have not only introduced hand work as a part of 
the regular class instruction in all the elementary grades, 
but extensive and specially equipped buildings have been 
erected for manual training in the secondary schools. 
Types of this class of school buildings — views and plans 
of some of which may be found in the latter part of this 
book — are, The William McKinley (Manual Training) 
High School, and The James E. Yearman ( Manual Train- 
ing) High School of St. Louis, Mo., the Manual Training 
High Schools of Indianapolis, The Manual Training 

7 



//-:?%; 



Economics of Manual Training. 

High School, Kansas City, Mo. ; Mechanic Arts High 
School, Boston, Mass., and the Rindge Manual Training 
School, Cambridge, Mass. These few names might be 
extended into a long list if the names of similar schools 
in almost every large city were added. The recent open- 
ing of the new manual training high school in the bor- 
ough of Brooklyn, New York City, with its accommoda- 
tions for 2,500 students, and for the building and equip- 
ing of which $800,000 was expended, is surely a striking 
commentary upon the position which manual training has 
attained. And this position is emphasized in this par- 
ticular case when the fact is recalled that the building in 
the borough of Brooklyn is but one of a series of such 
buildings destined to be a part of the school equipment 
of Greater New York. 

So rapidly has the acceptance of the manual training 
idea spread and found concrete expression that the supply 
of adequately trained teachers and supervisors of manual 
training has been far short of the demand. There has also 
been a lack of available and reliable data, ready at hand, 
dealing with the general subject of the cost of equiping 
and maintaining manual training in the various school 
grades and in the high school. It is a recognition of this 
latter demand, and a purpose to attempt to supply the 
desired data that seemingly justifies the issue of this book. 

It is proposed herein to give definite data, as far as is 
practicable, as to the cost of manual training in each of 
the grades and the four years of the high school. An 
endeavor will be made to make this information of a kind 
applicable to varying conditions of school work. It will 
be appreciated, however, that manual training in the 
grades is not a clearly defined quantity. It may almost be 
said to vary directly with the number of cities and towns 



Economics of Manual Training. 

wherein manual training is a part of the curriculum. At 
present the practice of manual training- is happily pro- 
gressing from the state of fixed self-contained courses in 
different media, aiming purely at proficiency in certain 
processes, to the freer use of hand work as an expression 
of the various school interests and needs. 

For such work it is evidently far more difficult to 
render an estimate of expense than for the older condi- 
tions, and the best that can be done is to analyze as far as 
possible the data of costs upon the basis of various 
materials and processes and leave to the reader the task of 
making the necessary deductions. 

The lack of uniformity in manual training practice, 
at the present time, is especially true in the lowest grades. 
In the later stages of the elementary school, and par- 
ticularly in the high school, the character of the work 
becomes more and more uniform, both as to processes and 
actual undertakings. 

This is in part due to the historic development of the 
subject in our country. Logical development and growth 
would seem to demand the primary introduction of such 
work in the kindergarten and its gradual incorporation 
in successively higher grades until the high school is 
reached. This, however, is almost the reverse of the 
actual fact. Hand work did indeed make an early appear- 
ance in the kindergarten, but its arrival in the public 
schools was in the high school field, and from this point 
it has worked gradually downwards in the grades, bear- 
ing generally strong evidences of the original influences. 

The character of the early work done in the high 
schools, which has persisted to the present time in only a 
slightly modified form, was very greatly influenced by the 
recently organized shop work courses of certain engineer- 



Economics of Manual Training. 

ing schools. In these courses a quite uniform school of 
instruction had been developed, involving joinery, turn- 
ing and pattern-making in wood, followed by forging and 
foundry work and finally by machine work. When the 
first manual training high schools were organized their 
manual training work was patterned in general character 
and even in detail upon these courses, and in the rapid 
spread of such schools this general scheme has remained 
substantially unchanged. 

The more recent introduction of manual training into 
the regular high school has, however, resulted in modi- 
fications in the general plan. This is partly traceable to 
the lesser proportion of the school time allotted to shop 
work, partly to the attitude maintained towards the sub- 
ject, and sometimes to the lack of sufficient funds to com- 
pletely equip a full set of shops. The plan in such schools 
is naturally to expand simpler elements over more time 
and to omit the later and more expensive branches. In 
the elementary school the practice of bench work in wood 
quite generally prevails in the eighth and seventh grades. 
This work is also of a quite definite character, and its 
acceptance as the best adapted branch of hand work for 
the boys of the two upper grades of the grammar school 
seems assured. Below the seventh grade the variations in 
practice begin to be marked. In some schools the inclina- 
tion is to begin bench work in the sixth and even in the 
fifth grade. The trend of the larger number of cases 
appears, however, to be to introduce into the sixth and 
fifth grades wood work not requiring benches and a sepa- 
rate laboratory equipment. This kind of work is very 
commonly known as knife work or whittling. Work in 
cardboard is often found in the next lower grades ; say, 
the fourth and third. This work is actually carried on, in 

10 





1 

I 

g 

£ 

V 

■J 


\ 
1 

•< 
u 


i 

k 


i 

i 

c 

5 



i 


% 

6 

i 

I 


i 
1 

■l 

! 


i 
1 


I 

<3 


i 

> 

5 


r 


10 

» 

1 


i 

1 


i 


I 

•K' 

.y 
1 


< 
I 


<i 

i 

| 


1 


i 


z 
i 
1' 

1 


1 

\ 


8 


6 

1 


e 


V 

? 

e 
ft 


i 





I! 




i 

i 


1 




\ 

! 




X 

.0 


J 


— 


s 




s 
<3 


V 




s 




1 


3 

< 


< 


FIRST 
GRADE. 


















Cm 




















































6, 




r- 


C, 


c- 


c, 






















P 




P 
















































p 








p 




































5 
























■5 
















s 






s 






























ft 
































ft 
































SECOND 

grade: 


















Cm 








































Or 












s. 




s, 


o. 




s» 












p 










P 




P 




































P 












p 




































ft 








5 
























S 
















3 






5 


Cb 








THIRD 
GRADE. 








On 










Cm 








































a 


<T* 










Of 




Cf 


u 




Cm 






















P 








































p 












P 






















a 














































Cb 
























a 














j 






















5 
























5 








6 








■5 




5 


5 




3 


vS 






























































J 






















A 




FOURTH 
CRADE 










Cm 
















































c 


C-» 














C 


C 




Cm 












A 


















































K 












K 










K 


K 










3 


5 






5 


3 








5 




s 
























o 


5 






5 






v3 


5 




6 


£ 


s 


k5 


3 
























































a 


a 




J 








P 










a 








FIFTH 
GRADE. 






K 


A 






A 












K 




K 






K 




















A 










K 




K 






K 




A 






3 






3 


3 




3 


5 


5 








3 




5 








5 






5 










o 


-J 






S 




S 


3 


■5 


5 


3 


3 


3 


3 


S 






























































■J 








J 










J 




J 












a 




























a 






















G* 














i f 






Cm 
















































Ck 














& 










a 


















SIXTH 
GRADE 






K 








A 












K 


A 


K 






A 




























K 


K 




K 
















JS 






5 


j 




v5 


5 


-5 








5 


S 


5 








5 






3 








5 


.5 


6 






3 


■5 


5 




3 


S 


5 


3 


3 


3 


3 


5 


J 






J 


J 






J 






















J 














J 


J 


J 




J 








J 








J 


J 


J 


J 




























































3 


a 








a 






G» 






Ck 




C~ 










































a 
















o 




a 




Ck 


















SEVENTH 
GRADC 


J 




J 


J 


J 




J 


J 










J 












J 














J 


J 


J 


J 


j 






J 










J 




J 


J 






















K 








K 


K 






K 




























A 






K 
















5 






6 






5 


S 


5 


S 






3 


5 


5 








5 














S 


s> 


5 








S 






5 


■5 


■5 


3 


5 


s 


5 


3 








a 


a 


































a 












a 








a 


a 


























c 




















































c 


















C 




C 














































Ml 
























Jo 






L/~ 






Cm 






EIGHTH 
GRADE 


J 




J 




J 




J 


J 










J 


J 


J 


"y 




J 


J 


J 












J 


j 


j 


j 


J 


j 


j 


j 




. 






J 


J 


J 


J 




5 












5 






3 






5 


o 


5 








S 






S 








s 












s 






>S 




5 


S 


s 


5 




5 








a 


a 




















a 














Ck 










a 










Ck 


Ck 


























m 








































































































































c 


















c 




C 


c 




















K 
















































it 












Cm 






NINTH 
GRADE. 


J 






j 


j 






J 




J 




J 


J 






7 






J 




























J 




J 






















Ck 


















a 












a 




























a 


















Ck 


3 






s 












3 


















































5 






























































































c- 




c 


FIRST 

HIGH 
SCHOOL 


J 


J 


J 


j 


j 


j 


J 


J 


J 


J 


J 


J 


u 


J 


j 




J 


o 




J 


j 


J 


J 


J 


J 










J 








J 


J 


J 


J 


















hi 














m 














!!' 








in 


hi 


in 


irt 












Wt 






























Cm 














































































































c 










c 














C 




c 










t 


C 








































5 


















s 


6 




















3 




5 








































CK 












a 




a 


f; 






































































Cn 




■j 




G>. 


if 




3 


























» 












SECOND 

HIGH 
SCHOOL 








ff 




* 










*y 


r 9 












F 9 






fy 






fy 








































ft 


iff 






Irt 










m 


;<:,- 










(ft 




i-, 


Ht 






















Ht 


































fi. 








fm 


n. 


a. 










/%, 


fh 


-* 


A 




/% 




r. 


n, 






































J 


J 




J 




J 


J 


J 




J 




J 


J 










, : 












J 










J 








J 


J 


J 


J 












































F 




c 




F 


F 






F 






















































C 


















f 


C 


C 


c 




c 














c 










C 


C 
















































<« 




a 


B 




7 


T 
























M 
















































^ 






ir 




3 


5 




















5 




3 












THIRD 

HIGH 

SCHOOL 












#1 










fit 














" 






,y 
































>f 














m 
















».-.- 


























at- 














Ht 
















































































































J 






j 






J 


J 




























j 
















J 








J 


J 


J 






















































F? 


r f 




f 






















































F 


F 








































































































C 


c 




























c 






















































a 


If 


a 














































a 












Cf 
























e 


S 




5 




















V 




v3 












FOURTH 

HIGH 
SCHOOL 








fli 




V 






























M 


M 






M 










M 










































J 
























































J 














i% 






































\c 






























3 




































1 




1 i 




T\Ca 






a 
























C-r 













Cm Clay Modeling— P Paper Work.— Ch Cardboard Work — \V Weaving.— A' Knii 
frn Pattern Making.— M Machine Shop Work.— Fg Forging.— F Fou: 

TABLE A. — Manual Training Subjects given in i 



s 
? 

1." 

.5 

1 


~5 

5: 

t 

1 


C 





S 

Hi" 




si' 

V 

=0 


S 

vi 


s 

c 


V 

1 


1 


S 
<• 

«0 


- 

V 

3 




\ 

M 

5 

< 

1 





c 
"J 


\ 

I 

< 


V 




•y 

si 





c 

la 

u 


S 


I 

X 

Is 5 


1 

5S 
5 


< 


i 

° 




4 

•9 

\ 
•< 


k 




S 


V 

S 

Mi 


c 

i 




1 

<• 

1 

Q 




! 



I 


4 
$ 

V3 

i 



-> 
c 

5 


1 


*3 




1 




1 

3 


% 

i 
1 


\ 


< 

5* 

3 


1 

o 


■> 


-5 


X 

\ 
\ 


1 








Cm 


Cm 




Cm 


Cn 














6, 


C 
















Cm 






Cm 








C" 




c 






c» 








Cb 
















p 








P 




pi 
















P 


P 
















a 






a 


























(° 


p 












































5 
















s 
























s 


























































tl 






n 






ts 






« 










































tm 






Cm 


C* 




s* 


c 














& 


Co 




"S 












Cm 






Cm 








Ov 




u 






fH 
























a 








p 




P 
















p 


p 




; 












a> 
























P 










p 












































5 










■5 






5 






T 


















^5 






























Cm 


£* 








L~ 












6~ 


( V 




I 










if 


C" 






c- 












»m 






































P 




P 
















P 






\ 










V 


























P 
























:t 






























a 




\ 










!; 


a 


























































3 
























fl 






J 




^ , ' 


3 
























6 






























n 










F 




























,< 


F 






F 










































M 






Cm 


& 








t- 












Cn 






■i 










^ 
f 


c * 






C- 


























































n 


K 
















<^- 










b 


F 






A 












F 


F 




































3 


5 












. 












\ 






3 




-< 


S 




















3 




s 


















5 












n 




3 


P 










>, 






P 


a 




*o 










V 


a 
















a 
































K 


K 




A 










F 


* 




a 






K 


A 




F 


F 








.s 








A 












A 


f 




K 


A 


























vS 


5 


5 






















s 




5 


S 




a 




k 


6 




















0? 




05 


5 
















5 










J 


















- 
























^ 
























































a- 










C 




s 
























c- 






C 




























Or, 


























P 






3 




J6 








































Ct 
































H 


A 




H 


K 








>\ 






~K 






F 


K, 




F 


A 






























K 




A 


A 








A 














s 




5 


5 


5 














<* 


5 






5 




S 


5 










s 




















5 




3 


5 








5 








5 










J 










J 




J 




*■ 




J 


















J 


J 






J 


































J 




















f> 


































c~ 






a 
































































^5 




T 


























c 












C 
































J 


J 


J 


J 


J 


J 


J 




J 








J 




J 




J 


J 








J 


J 






j 


J 












J 




J 


J 


J 












J 


J 


































A 














A 




































A 


















6 


•S 


v5 


5 








5 




























a 


5 
























3 


s 
















vS 




































a 




a 


Ck 










a 




















a 






a 






















c 


c 














C 




































c 












C 
























































T 




















Cm 






Cm 












































J 


J 




J 


J 


J 


J 


J 


J 










J 


j 




j 


J 






J 


J 


j 






J 


J 










J 


J 




J 


J 


J 




J 








J 


7 








s 


s 




5 


































5 


s 


5 
























S 


s 






s 


























a 




















a 




a 


a 










a 




















a 






a 
















a 






m 


















m 


































in 










































c 


c 




C 








c 


c 










C 


























C 
























































































a 






c 








































































































































































































































































































































































































































J 








j 


J 




J 




J 




J 














J 






J 


J 




J 


J 


J 


J 




J 


J 


J 




J 


J 


J 


J 




7 


J 


J 




J 


7 














m 






K 


m 




tit 










n 
















m 








ftt 












ft 












/'? 


m 








— 




























g, 








fk 








FU 








ft 














































c 




c 






c 












































c 
























C 


c 














s 




































■s 




























5 




a 






5 






5 








5 






















F 






fif 










a 


































a 


a 










































r 




Cf 


































































Cm 


A 






















Fa 




fv 








fif 


fy 




F, 




*? 






F 


F 
































fv 


*? 








^ 




















Hh 




•v 






/v 








» 
























in 






m 


ft* 








ttt 






































ft 


•s 




R.. 










































'» 


A 












F, 


IS, 
















J 








J 


J 






s- 


















J 
























J 








j 


J 






J 




































t 


F 








F 










F 








F 


















F 


F 












F 


f 








^ 






r~ 




c 




c 


c 






C 














































c 










c 








c 






c 


c 






a- 
















' 




vV 










0, 




a 
































a 


















a 








■5 


















<*; 














s 
































■5 


<b 


6 












6 








5 






















M 




A7 


n 


m 




HI 


/>• 








■V 








-V 
































fll 


"f 






m 


/W 
























*o 




















































fit- 






































fa 




«S 
















ft, 




























Pr. 










































J 


J 






^ 


















































^ 








J 




































"^ 














































F? 


F 










































F 




















F 










F 
















\ V 


































C 




c 






c 












































































c 










Ck 






























c> 




































a 












a 






u 


^v 






5 
































































Ml 


5 


^ 




























































M 










A/ 
















m 


ty 


0/ 


M 
































































































j 


























c 




c 




























(■ 




































o 




















































1 


;. ■- 
































Ck 


a 


Ci 


n't 


1 














— 



—S Sewing— B Bent Iron Work.— C6 Cooking.- /Joinery.— IVt Wood Turning. 
Z Carving.— Cf Chipping and Filing.— Ml Millinery.— T Tinsmithing. 

LRious School Years in the Schools enumerated. 



Economics of Manual Training. 

some schools, in any or all of the grades from the second 
to the seventh. Work in bent iron (often called Venetian 
iron work) is frequently used in the fifth and fourth 
grades. In the first three grades are found clay modeling, 
paper folding, weaving, and sewing, more or less corre- 
lated with the other studies of these grades. 

The accompanying Table A was compiled in 1900 
chiefly from data furnished by the various schools in 
answer to requests made to them by letter. The table 
shows the manual training subjects given in each of the 
grades and in each of the high school years, in the schools 
enumerated. 

The division of the elementary school course differs 
in different parts of the country. Schools with seven, 
eight, and nine-year courses are represented in the table. 
In the high schools both three and four-year courses are 
represented. The table is arranged so as to show at a 
glance the prevailing subject taught in any one year and 
to afford an opportunity for comparison. In the subse- 
quent consideration of subjects taught in the various 
grades the basis assumed is that of an eight-year element- 
ary course and a four-year high school course. 

In selecting the illustrations for the text an attempt 
has been made to show a typical course in each of the 
materials used in manual training work in the grades, and 
also types of existing class room equipments. In the con- 
sideration of the secondary school equipment a further 
attempt has been made to incorporate such working draw- 
ings of special equipment as may prove suggestive and 
helpful. 

All such general items as teachers' desks, chairs, and 
blackboards have for convenience been omitted from the 
following schedules. 

11 




Manual Training High School, Kansas City y Mo 
Plans shown on pp, 163, Fig. 65. 



Elementary School. 

T ▼ T 

Manual training in the first three grades is generally 
carried on in the regular class room, under the instruction 
of the regular teacher, and at a nominal cost. The work 
customarily assumes some phase of modeling in clay, 
construction in paper, sewing, and weaving with various 
materials. This work is accomplished in many instances 
at an expenditure of but two cents per pupil. Some 
schools expend five times that amount and even more. 
Under competent and economical management the cost in 
these grades need be but slight. This work at the present 
time is greatly diversified in character and depends largely 
upon the ability, sympathy, and inventiveness of the 
teacher. 

Clay Modeling. 

Clay modeling is a form of manual training that may 
profitably be carried on in any of the classes from the 

12 



Economics of Manual Training. 

kindergarten through the high school. The abundance 
and cheapness of the material used, its adaptation to the 
muscular limitations of the child, as well as its possibili- 
ties for expression of the subtleties of form in the hands 
of the high school student, the rapidity of attainment of 
results, and certain of its physical qualities, make it a 
desirable and acceptable medium for manual training 
work. 

The disadvantages connected with its use are gener- 
ally negligible or surmountable. These disadvantages 
may be summed up in the necessity for keeping the clay 
constantly moist during the entire period of its manipula- 
tion, the difficulty attending its manipulation in bulk, 
which is generally too laborious for the class teacher and 
requires the service of the janitor or other assistant, and 
the mooted question of hygiene. On this last point Anna 
M. Holland* says : ''Clay, being an entirely mineral sub- 
stance, affords no food for the growth of bacilli ; it can 
therefore be used many times with reasonable care. I 
have never had reason to believe that the least danger 
lurks in the use of clay, even to delicate children." 

Hermione Unwint says upon the same subject: "It 
has been charged against clay modeling that it is liable 
to spread infectious diseases in schools. No authentic 
case of such an occurrence has been found, and infection 
is far less likely to arise from clay than from books or 
from contact of clothes. It must be insisted on that the 
children come to the lesson with clean hands, and a child 
having anything the matter with its hands should not be 
allowed to touch the clay ; or, if this is permitted, the clay 
used should not be mixed with the rest, but thrown away. 
If, however, stronger measures are desired, the clay may 

•Clay Modeling by Miss Anna M. Holland. 

|A Manual of Clay Modeling by Hermione Unwin. 

13 



Economics of Manual Training. 

be sprinkled with Sanitas disinfectant, instead of water, 
and then well kneaded up, so that the Sanitas is thorough- 
ly incorporated with every part." 

Clay. 

Pure Clay results from the weathering of granite, 
a rock containing felspar, mica, and quartz. The alkalies 
are leached out by the weathering and the silicate of 
alumin is hydrated and washed out from the less finely 
divided quartz. 

Clays are fitted for their use in making pottery by 
two main properties : 

The ease with which they may be moulded and 

shaped when wet, and 
Their change of state to a hard unalterable 
condition when fired. 

According to their relative plasticity and refractori- 
ness clays are of three classes : 

Porcelain Clay. Approximately pure kaolin, poor in 
plasticity, refractory, and burning to a white or light 
cream color. 

Plastic Clay. Less pure than porcelain clay, more 
plastic and less refractory, burns to a yellow-red color, and 
used for ordinary earthenware and common bricks. 

Fire Clay. Highly refractory, dark in color, and used 
for furnace linings and crucibles. 

Plastic clay is that made use of in school work. It 
may be purchased, in dry form, from dealers, or, "worked- 
up," from potteries. If the models are to be fired in the 
school kiln, care must be exercised to select a clay that 
can be fired at the relatively low heat of the kiln. When 
the clay is purchased dry it must be worked up with 
water. This process entails considerable labor and 

14 



Economics of Manual Training. 

strength, and the good offices of the janitor should be 
enlisted. The dry clay, either as purchased or from old 
models, may be tied up in a strong cloth and soaked in 
water for about two hours. It should then be well 
kneaded before removing from the cloth. The kneading 
is continued until the required degree of plasticity is 
obtained. A teaspoonful of glycerine to five pounds of 
clay will render it less sticky and improve the exterior fin- 
ish of the product. 

Substitutes for Clay. 

Various substitutes for common clay for modeling 
purposes are offered by the trade. They are presumably 
composed of wax mixed with other substances and are 
trade secrets. They are placed upon the market under 
various names as Pastilina, Composite Clay, Composite 
Modeling Wax. The chief advantage over clay claimed 
for the substitutes is that the work can be left standing 
for almost any length of time, without drying, cracking, 
or shrinking, and requires no sprinkling with water or 
covering with damp cloths. The substitutes are furnished 
in two or three different colors and of varying con- 
sistencies. 

The disadvantages of the use of some of these sub- 
stitutes are : 

The very much greater cost as compared with 

clay, and 
The disagreeable odor emitted. 

Paper pulp has been used as a substitute. 

The following quotation, from the instructions issued 
by the Manual Training Department of the Elementary 
Public Schools of Chicago, may be of interest here : 
"Paper pulp is a substance which any one can easily make 
and use in place of clay * * * for modeling. The 

15 



Economics of Manual Training. 

material costs nothing and is so clean and pleasant to 
work, it is surprising paper pulp has not been more gener- 
ally applied in constructive work. To make pulp of 
papier mache, tear any waste paper (newspaper or writ- 
ing paper will do) into pieces not more than one inch 
square. Fill a bucket with these bits of paper and pour 
over it about a gallon of hot water (boiling). Let the 
paper soak for five or six hours and then drain off the 
excess water. If now the mass of wet paper is worked 
vigorously with a stick, churning it and thus tearing the 
bits of paper very fine, you will have, at the end of a few 
minutes, an excellent quality of paper pulp. The pupils 
will enjoy the making as well as the using of this 
material." 

Equipment. 
Storage. 

Clay should be stored in a zinc-lined box, and a 
wooden scoop or small shovel provided for getting the 
clay out of the box. 

Storage for students' work in process of construc- 
tion must be provided. An ordinary cupboard or closet 
will suffice, or simply shelving. On account of the action 
of moisture it is desirable that cabinets used for the stor- 
age of clay work be zinc lined. A cabinet similar to 
that described below for the storage of drafting-boards in 
the mechanical drawing room will be found convenient. 
The slides at the side might be made by folding the zinc 
and riveting. 

Modeling Boards. 

Slates make excellent modeling boards. The slates 
may be either roofing slates or the common school slate 
with frame. They should be of uniform size to facilitate 

16 




Fig. i. Clay Modeling done by Children of 4th and 5th Grades in 
Montclair, N. J. 




Fig. 2. Clay Modeling Room at Montclair, N. J. 

storage, either in cabinets, or by any other method chosen. 
In lieu of the slate, a piece of oil cloth, or even a piece of 
manilla paper may serve for the work in the lower grades. 



Work Tables . 

The school room desk will serve every purpose for 

17 



Economics of Manual Training. 

grade work. Where a special room is provided a simple 
table is required. The pattern used in Montclair, N. J., 
is shown in Fig. 2. By referring to the illustration it will 
be noticed that the work is being done on school slates 
and that individual shallow tin trays are furnished for the 
clay. In high school work it is desirable to have specially 
designed modeling benches. 

On the subject of equipment for clay modeling, Miss 
Holland says : "The room should be large enough for 
tables and chairs to accommodate a class of not more than 
twenty-five, cases for unfinished work, and tight boxes to 
hold the clay. 

"Wall space for models (which may be of fired clay or 
plaster) and drawings, is also needed. The tables may be 
very simple, but should be thirty inches long and at least 
sixteen inches wide, with a strip at the back to prevent 
the clay from falling off. The back should have a vertical 
board attached (16x6 inches), with a snap to hold 
drawings. Roofing slates (9 x 14 or 16 inches) are good 
to work on, and partitioned cases with glass doors, and as 
little wood to shrink and swell as possible, are best to keep 
the work. The necessary tools are rules, compasses, tri- 
angles, and little wooden modelling knives, such as are 
sold at kindergarten supply stores. These must be shaped 
slightly with a knife and serrated. A rubber sprinkler is 
convenient, or a watering-pot, for wetting the clay. A set 
of models and blue prints is also needed. The cost of the 
entire outfit need not exceed three dollars per pupil for a 
class of twenty-five, and may be much less if several 
classes use the same room, which can be of service for 
other manual work, like sewing, map-making, etc." 
Tools. 

The only tool required is a simple modeling tool. 



Economics of Manual Training. 

Even this is dispensed with in the earlier work. For sup- 
plementing the scrutiny of the eye and testing the accur- 
acy of the work a rule and pair of calipers may be pro- 
vided. 
Models. 

In the earlier grade work natural models may be pro- 
vided, such as fruit, vegetables, shells, leaves, flowers, etc. 
If possible, individual models should be provided, or one 
model for two pupils. Conventional models and plaster 
casts may be provided for the more advanced work. The 
plaster casts may serve the additional purpose of room 
decoration. Much of the work now done makes little or 
no use of models, the modelling being more or less orig- 
inal on the part of the child/" 
Kiln. 

If the product is to be fired a kiln must be provided. 
At Montclair, N. J., the students evinced much interest 
in the building of a kiln in the school yard. Such a pro- 
ject is not always possible of execution and it then be- 
comes necessary to provide a kiln to meet existing condi- 
tions. There are kilns on the market which meet school 
conditions. One of the best of these is known as the 
"Revelation" kiln. It uses kerosene oil as a fuel, and can 
be used for baking the clay and for glaze work. Four 
sizes of the kiln, suitable for school use, may be had at 
prices ranging from $50.00 to $95.00. 
Potter's Wheels. 

Much of the work in manual training serves the addi- 
tional educational purpose of enlarging the child's com- 
prehension of industrial processes. The purpose in clay 
modeling may be extended by introducing the potter's 
wheel. These wheels are of two general forms. One 
consists of a circular balanced board actuated by hand, 

19 



Economics of Manual Training. 

the other being propelled by the feet. A working drawing 
of the latter type is chosen in Fig. 3. A special form of 
hand-manipulated potter's wheel for children's use may be 






nx 



Sf 



■w^n 






-rt 



*- 



--> 



"~T 
...I. 






^ 



1© 



Ij^tl 



■ -f€" 



K'D'i" 



|0I 



Fig. 3. Form of Potter's Wheel. 

had on the market for $2.50. This price includes tin 
dishes, knives, wire, and trial package of clay, and 
the plate may be had either of eight-inch or ten-inch 
diameter. 

Maintenance. 

Clay costs, in most large cities, about one cent a 
pound in 500-pound lots, and may be procured at a pot- 
tery "worked-up." In the dry form, procurable at deal- 
ers in potter's supplies, clay costs from 1^2 to 2 cents 
per pound. A principal item of expense in the use of clay 
in the schools is the labor involved in either reworking the 
old or preparing new clay for use. By washing and re- 
using the clay the total amount needed per pupil may not 
exceed two pounds. If the children are permitted to 
retain their work the cost of material may increase to per- 
haps 15 cents per pupil and upwards. Substitutes for 



20 



Economics of Manual Training. 




Fig. 4 Cardboard^Construction in Regular Grade Room, Buffalo, N. Y. 

clay cost about 25 cents per pound. If a kiln is used the 
cost of fuel must be added to the expense of maintenance. 

Construction in Paper and 
Cardboard. 

Construction in paper is a common form of manual 
training for the first three school years. The work is 
carried on in the regular class-room by the class teacher, 
and requires but a simple equipment (Fig. 4). No equip- 
ment is required at first, as the work is limited to folding. 
A pair of scissors for each pupil is all that is required for 
the next stage of the work. These may be had from $1.50 
per dozen up. Scissors at $3.00 per dozen are advised, 
making the cost of equipment for a class of thirty pupils 



21 



Economics of Manual Training. 

amount to $7.50. In the more advanced paper work an 
additional equipment of pencil and ruler is generally sup- 
plied, involving a further outlay of 90 cents — estimating 
the pencils at 24 cents per dozen and the rulers at 12 cents 
per dozen — making a total cost of equipment for a class 
of 30 pupils in paper work at this stage, $8.40. 

If the above equipment is used by but a single class, 
as in a private school, the cost per pupil is 26 cents. If, 
however, this same equipment is used by two or more 
classes, as in public school work, the cost per pupil for 
equipment is reduced to a much smaller figure. This meth- 
od of duplicating the use of a single equipment may be 
practiced with advantage on the score of economy even to 
the extent of having an entire manual training outfit car- 
ried from grade room to grade room. 

Varying practice in just such points as the above un- 
doubtedly accounts to a degree for the discrepancy in the 
cost of equipment and maintenance as furnished by differ- 
ent schools. 

Maintenance. 

The cost of supplies for paper construction is small. 
Thin paper, either plain or colored, cut to the required 
size, is generally used at first, the work being limited to 
simple folding into box forms. Later, heavier papers, 
such as Manilla and cover paper, are introduced. 

Papers are classified by wholesale paper houses 
according to the weight per ream ; the commercial ream 
being quite generally 500 sheets. The sizes of the sheets 
vary. A quite general size is 22!' x 28", from which 
dimensions the sizes differ a few inches either way. The 
weights of papers used in paper construction work range 
from 30 pounds to 80 pounds. A popular paper is that 
known to the trade as "cover paper," and used commer- 

22 



Economics of Manual Training. 

daily for the cover of booklets, catalogues, etc. It comes 
in a variety of pleasing" shades. Any paper dealer will 
furnish sample books of these and other papers, giving 
sizes, weights, and cost. 

Manilla paper ranges from less than one-half cent a 
sheet, for a 30-pound paper, to about 1*4 cents a sheet 
(22" x 28") for an 80-pound paper. 

Cover paper ranges from one cent a sheet to 3^/2 
cents a sheet for corresponding weights and size. 

Bogus paper costs one cent a sheet (30" X40"). 

White paste, obtainable in tubes, at five cents per 
tube, or, more cheaply, in glass jars, is used in joining 
thin paper, and liquid glue for thicker papers and card- 
board. 

Flour paste may be substituted for the paste supplied 
by dealers at a considerable saving in cost, and possesses 
the additional advantage of inculcating ideas of economy 
and self-dependence. On the method of preparing the 
paste, Mr. Arthur H. Chamberlin* says : 

"Paste made from flour is much cheaper and is 
quite as good, if not superior, to that on the market. Mix 
a quantity of flour (sifted) with sufficient cold water to 
mold nicely ; see that no lumps remain. This may be done 
by running the paste through the hand. Place upon stove 
and pour in boiling water, stirring at the same time. 
When the paste is of the proper thickness, remove the 
mixture without allowing it to boil. Add a few drops of 
oil of cloves to give pleasant odor. To prevent the paste 
from spoiling, add one grain of bichloride of mercury — 
mercuric chloride (Hg CL). Stir well. Hg CI2 is a 
poison, hence care should be exercised when stirring in. 
When mixed, however, there is not sufficient strength for 
danger. 

Paper and Cardboard work. 

23 



Economics of Manual Training. 

"The paste may be kept nicely in the small glass jars 
with screwed tops that are purchased with library paste. 
Each pupil should be provided with a jar, and the covers 
should be on when the paste is not in use. The small 
brushes that come with the library paste are cheap and 
handy. They should be kept in water when not in use." 

One or two boxes should be provided for the storage 
of scissors, and also for rulers and pencils. A paper cut- 
ter, costing from $3.00 to $7.00, will be found serviceable 
for cutting papers in quantity. 

Returns from schools aggregating over 20,000 pupils 
give an approximate cost of maintaining construction 
work in paper at six cents per pupil. 

Construction in Cardboard is a common type of work 
in the third, fourth and fifth grades, and is closely related 
in sequence with the work in paper. Papers weighing 
100 pounds or over may be termed cardboard ; 120-pound 
cardboard is suitable for class work. A form of white 
cardboard is known as Bristol Board, and a variously col- 
ored cardboard frequently used bears the trade name of 
Studio Mounts. Under the term of "construction work in 
cardboard" is here understood to include work with var- 
ious substitutes for cardboard, such as Strawboard, Bind- 
er's Board, Jute Board, Manilla Tag, Press Board, Leath- 
erette, etc. These various materials are used in giving a 
somewhat wider scope to the work, as in some form of 
elementary bookbinding. The work generally consists of 
the making of boxes, miniature furniture, miniature 
houses, picture frames, etc. 

A somewhat more extensive equipment is required 
than for the work in paper. A suggested equipment for 
a class of thirty pupils is as follows : 



24 



Economics of Manual Training. 

30 Pairs scissors, at $3.00 per doz $7-50 

30 Compasses 3.17 

30 Rulers . 43 

30 Triangles 1.75 

2 Punches 80 

Total cost of equipment $13.65 




Fig. 5. Paper and Car Board Work, Buffalo, N. Y. 

Maintenance. 

Cardboard : 120 pounds to 500 sheets, 22x28, 90 cts. per 100 sheets. 
Cardboard: 140 pounds to 500 sheets, 22x28, $1.00 per 100 sheets. 
Cover-paper : 120 pounds 22x28, $2.64 per 100 sheets. 
Straw-board : 20x24, $2.00 per 100 sheets. 
Press-board (red) : 80 pounds to 144 sheets, 24x32, 65 cts. per doz. 

sheets. 
Binders' Board, 19^x26, 8 cts. per sheet. 
Manilla Tag, 22x28, 120 lb., $1.50 per 100 sheets. 
Oil Board, from size No. 00, 19^x23^, at $11.50 per ream, to size 

2S, 20x32, at $15.00 per ream. 
Leatherette, 20x25, plain, 2 cts. per sheet, or in 32 in. rolls, 25 cts 

per yard. Embossed costs about one-half cent a sheet more 

than the plain, and may be had in a variety of colors and 

patterns. 

25 



Economics of Manual Training. 

Glue, in glass bottles, at 10 cts. each or 75 cts. per doz. 
Glue, in tubes, at 10 cts. each, or SS cts. per doz. 
Glue, in tin cans, from Y\ pt. at $1.80 per doz, to 2 qts. at $14.00 
per doz. 

The cost per pupil for cardboard work is but slightly 
higher than for paper work. 

When purchased in large quantities at wholesale 
there is a considerable discount from the prices quoted for 
all materials in this book. Examples of the range of 
prices paid for materials used in construction work in 
paper and cardboard in one of the largest school systems 
in this country are here quoted from the "General Sup- 
plies" list issued by the Superintendent of School 
Supplies : 

Board, straw, 9x12 in., 50 sheets to package, per package .15^4 

Cardboard, gray, 22 x 28 in., per sheet 02 

Compasses, without pencils. No. 1, per doz 1.00 

Compasses, without pencils. No. 2, per doz 1.44 

Compasses, without pencils, No. 3, per doz 84 

Cover paper, assorted colors, 20xi2'j in., 100 sheets to 

package, per package 44^5 

Glue, liquid, LePage's, 4-oz. cans, per doz 1.30 

Leatherette, yellow, green, terra cotta and magenta, 10 x 12 

in., 100 sheets to package, per package., 78 

Paper, colored, 4x4 in., per package of 100 sheets 06^ 

Paper, colored, 3x9 in., per package of 100 sheets 11 

Paper colored, 5x5 in., per package of 100 sheets 11 

Paper, colored, 6x9 in., per package of 100 sheets 21 

Bogus, 7x12 in., per ream 17^ 

Cartridge, assorted, 14 x 18 in., 100 sheets to package, per 

package 63^ 

Manilla, gray, 7x9 in., per ream 13^5 

Manilla, gray, 8 x 10^2 in., per ream i/Vs 

Manilla, gray, 9X 11^/2 in., per ream 22 

Manilla, gray, 19 x 24 in., per ream 99 

Manilla, yellow, 7x9 in., per ream 13V5 

Manilla, yellow, 8 x 10^2 in., per ream i~ 2 A 

Manilla, yellow, 9x11^ in., per ream 21^2 

Manilla, yellow, 19 x 24 in., per ream 98 

26 



Economics of Manual Training. 

Note. — Basis of weight for gray and brown manilla drawing 
paper, 24 x 36, 65 lbs., 480 sheets to ream. 
Oak tag, 7Y2 x 10 in., per ream 30 T 2 

Note. — Basis of weight for 7'jxio in., oak tag must be 
24 x 36, 100 lbs., 480 sheets to ream. 

Oak tag, 9x14 in., per ream 61 T 4 

Oak tag, 24 x 36 in., per ream 4.05 

Note. — Basis of weight for 9x14 in. and 24 x 36 in. oak tag 
must be 24 x 36, 120 lbs., 480 sheets to ream. 
Paper, folding, size 4 x 4 in., package of 100 sheets, per 

package 0I l A 

Paper, folding, 5x5 in., engine-colored, assorted, 1,000 

sheets to package, per package i7 J A 

Paper, folding, heavy, 7^7 in- assorted colors, 100 sheets 

to package, per package 06^ 

Paper, % x 9 m -> marginal strips, per package of 100 01% 

Paper, sheets, 24 x 2f> in., assorted colors, per sheet 02^ 

Paste, Higgins' liquid, in 14-oz. jars, per jar 28^ 

Rulers, 12 in., brass edge, per doz 4° 

Triangles, wood, medium, 30 x 60 degrees, each 03 T 2 

Triangles, wood, 45 degrees, each 02^2 

"Weaving'. 

Weaving, in various forms typical of primitive tex- 
tile and basketry processes, is being introduced in many 
schools in the lower grades. The materials most used 
are strips of colored paper, yarn, rags, raffia, grass, and 
reeds. 
Paper. 

The weaving of paper mats is a part of the paper 
work considered on pages 15-21. A "Bogus-Paper Weav- 
ing Mat" has been devised by Miss Wilhelmina Seeg- 
miller, Director of Art Instruction in the Indianapolis 
Public Schools, and may be had on the market, in pink, 
yellow, blue and gray, at $1.00 per hundred sheets. The 
following claims are made for these mats : 

"As compared with the flimsy and strongly colored 
paper weaving mats in common use they have the follow- 
ing advantages : 

27 



Economics of Manual Training. 

"i. The material is so heavy and the strips so wide 

that the mats can be woven without the aid of a needle. 
"2. The material has a roughness of texture and a 

softness of tone that are very desirable. 




Fig 6. Basketry Class at Work Chicago Public Schools. Vaughn 

"3. It takes crayon, pencil, ink or water color, which 
permits of an infinite variety of designs of the child's own 
creation being worked upon the mat after it is woven. 

"4. The mat comes in one piece. The child first 
cuts the weft from the warp. The warp is then folded 
at right angles and cut along guide lines printed on the 
back. The weft strips are then cut apart and the mat is 
ready for weaving. 

"5. The child has work in paper cutting, paper 
folding, and ruling in preparing the mat. 

"6. In cutting his own strips the child leaves an 
"accidental" edge which is more artistic than the mechan- 
ical edge cut by machinery. 

"7. The mat is large in size, being 8 x 8 in. 

28 



Economics of Manual Training. 

"8. The completed mat is an expression of the 
child's individuality and is substantial enough to be made 
into many simple objects such as baskets, popcorn hol- 
ders, card cases, etc." 

Yarn and Rags. 

In weaving with Germantown yarn, carpet warp, 
and rags, some form of simple loom is used. In its simp- 
lest form this may be merely a rectangle of cardboard 
with notches cut into either end to carry the warp threads, 
or it may be a small wooden frame with a row of brads at 
either end. The making of these looms may be a part of 
the school work. A simple form of loom, with a card- 
board heddle, may succeed the use of the above primitive 
devices, and may be made by the class in woodwork. 

There are a number of school looms upon the market, 
for which various claims are made. 

Faribault Loom $20 

Needle 05 

Hammock attachment 15 

Complete $4° 

Todd Adjustable Hand Loom — 

White wood, hammock attachment, with needle 35 

Hard wood and metal attachment, No. 2, complete 75 

Needle °5 

Large adj ustable loom, 20 x 32 3 00 

Hooper Loom, with Needle i-00 

Large size, 18 1 / x i8]/ 2 (cherry) 5-00 

Woolman Loom I -5° 

Beadwork Loom 50 

Toy Knitter, 5 cts. each ; per doz -5° 

Weaving materials for loom may be had in a large variety 
of colors. 

Cotton carpet warp, white, ^-lb. tubes 15 

Cotton carpet warp, colored, y 2 -\b. tubes 18 

Round chenille, per lb 5° 

Jute, per lb 2 5 

Germantown wool, per skein 20 

29 



Economics of Manual Training. 

Shoe laces, black, per skein 20 

Shoe laces, colored, per skein 25 

Rug yarn, per lb 60 

One pound of rug yarn will make eight rugs, 7x10 inches. 

Raffia. 

is the skin or outer coating of the leaf of a palm tree 

that grows in Madagascar. On account of its pliability 

and resistance to rotting when moist, it has been in use 

for a number of years for tying bunches of asparagus and 

as a gardener's twine. In recent years it has found 

marked favor as a desirable weaving material for school 

use. It is imported in braided plaits of between one and 

three pounds in weight, the strands varying in length 

from one and one-half to three feet. The plaits should 

be unbraided, soaked in water for about fifteen minutes, 

then shaken out and dried. This process will take most 

of the twist out and put the raffia in a better condition for 

use. Dealers in school supplies, and also many seedmen, 

carry raffia in stock. It is sold in the natural state and 

also dved, either with aniline or vegetable dves. By the 

* . 
single pound, natural raffia retails at from 15 cts. to 25 

cts. per lb., and colored at from 40 cts. to 75 cts. A 

reasonable price would seem to be 50 cts. for the colored, 

and the following prices per lb. for the natural raffia, 

varying according to the amount purchased : 1 lb., 18 

cts.; 5 lbs., 15 cts.; 10 lbs., 13 cts., and 100 lbs., 12 cts. 

One large school system pays 10^2 cts. per lb. for natural 

raffia, and 28^2 cts. per lb. for the colored. 

Rattan. 

in the form of flat strips and circular reeds of varying 
diameters, has long been a favorite material for basket 
weaving. The reeds of commerce are of certain standard 
diameters, and designated as Nos. 00, 1, 2, 3, etc. 

The following table of prices is compiled from the 
prices quoted by seven different dealers : 

30 



Economics of Manual Training. 




Fig. 7. Basketry Work. 



Price per lb. 



a 
6 n 
z ° 



c 3 
*5 



.00 
.00 
.00 

• 25 

• 25 

• 25 
•75 



• 75 

• S5 
.70 
.00 
•95 

• 75 
.60 













a 


a 


3 c 


5 5 


z 2 * 


- O 


.75 


75 




70 


60 




65 


60 


I 


00 


95 




75 


75 




75 


75 




40 


35 



O 3 



•SO 
■55 

55 
75 

50 
30 



o s 



.50 

• 45 

.70 

■ 45 

• 25 



7fe 



SO 






5o 



.40 .40 



The last quotation is for lots of not less than five pounds of 
any one size. 

Reeds are furnished to the schools of one of the east- 
ern cities at the following prices per lb.: No. 1, 39 cts. ; 
No. 2, 34 cts. ; Nos. 3 and 4, 31 cts. 



^i 



Economics of Manual Training. 

Among other basketry materials that may be pur- 
chased on the market are willow, pine needles (the long 




Fig. 8. Basketry Materials. Vaughn. 

Southern variety), sweet grass, splints, palm, rush and 
braided straw. 

Prices quoted are as follows : 

Willow, selected, 8 to 12 cts. per lb. 
Pine Needles, green and brown, 55 cts. per lb. 
Sweet Grass, $1.00 per lb. 
Splints, $1.00 per lb. 
Palm, 35 cts. and 50 cts. per lb. 

Rush, natural green, braided, 50 yds., 35 cts to 50 cts. 
Straw, natural, braided, 120 yds., 35 cts. to 50 cts. 
Straw, colored, braided, 120 yds., 60 cts. 

Linen Thread, black and colored, for warp in Raffia weaving, 
per skein of 40 yds., 5 cts. 

Many of the above materials may be gathered in the 
fields, as may also other grasses, stems, and leaves that 
are adaptable to basketry uses. Among these latter may 
be mentioned the bullrush, corn husks, the stem of the 
maiden-hair fern, and the numerous long grasses common 
to the fields and along the shores. 

The collecting and use of vegetable dyes is admirably 

32 



Economics of Manual Training. 

treated in George Wharton Jones' book on "How to Make 
Indian and Other Baskets." 

Bulletin No. 19, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 
Division of Forestry, on "Osier Culture," gives detailed 
information on the cost of willow and also the cost of 










'31 




^*rtwi 



W^f' 





JSSESSKSSft 




Fig. 9. Cord Work. 

making willow baskets. The bulletin is for free distribu- 
tion. The same department issues an illustrated book on 
"American Grasses," in three volumes, that will be found 
useful by a seeker for possible basketry materials. 

Cord Work. 

is somewhat allied to weaving and is sometimes intro- 
duced in the schools in the early grade work. Macrame 
cord costs from 25 cts. per pound upwards. 



33 



Economics of Manual Training. 
Sewing. 

Sewing is often represented in a number of the grade 
classes and also in the high school. The earlier work- 
is done at the pupil's desk (Fig. 10). Work of a 
more advanced character may be carried on in specially 
equipped rooms (Fig. n). The equipment of a special 
sewing room is considered on pages 144-145. 

The equipment for each pupil may consist of a work- 
box containing scissors, thimble, thread, cushion and pins, 
needles, measure, and emery, and costing from 50 cts. to 
75 cts. per set. 

Maintenance. 

Miss Jessie Patterson, in an article in the Outlook, 
after describing a course in sewing, writes as follows 
regarding the cost of maintenance : 

"It is very difficult to give an estimate of the cost 
per child for a course in sewing. The actual cost for 
materials required for the course in plain sewing, which 
is given above, is thirty cents, allowing nothing for waste. 
Pratt Institute allows about twenty cents for each pupil. 
This covers the course in hand sewing for six grades, 
twelve lessons in each grade of two hours in length, and 
includes all the materials used for the various exercises. 
Teachers College, five grades, ten cents a year, one lesson 
a week of one hour and twenty minutes. The allowance 
in the public schools of Brooklyn for ten months, one les- 
son of one hour each week (in addition to the plant of 
scissors, emeries, etc.), is twelve to fifteen cents per child. 
New York, six cents a year, in four grades, one hour 
each week. Philadelphia, six cents, where two lessons 
each week, of forty-five minutes each, are given in pri- 
mary schools, and one each week of one hour in grammar 
schools. Washington, fourteen and a half cents (includ- 

34 



Economics of Manual Training. 




Fig. 10, Sewing in Regular Class Room, Washington, D. C. 




Fig. ii. Sewing in Specially Equipped Room, Public Schools, 
Washington, D. C. 



35 



Economics of Manual Training. 

ing implements, etc., as well as materials), one lesson a 
week of one hour and a half is given. Boston, two and 
a half cents are allowed, and the course of study requires 
that in three classes of the grammar grades instruction 
shall be given for two hours each week. Minneapolis, 
eleven and a half cents. Cleveland, five and a half cents. 
In Boston and Philadelphia, children bring material from 
home." 

The concluding line in the above paragraph suggests 
an important factor in the consideration of the cost per 
pupil for sewing. A very important question here, as 
in all other work, is whether the work consists in copying 
a set of models or in the use of sewing in natural relations 
to the. school interests. 

A detailed statement of the kind, amount, and cost 
of the materials actually used in the work in sewing, cord 
work, and basketry by the pupils of the Horace Mann 
School, New York City, in the first, second, third, sixth, 
and seventh grades during the school year of 1900-01 is 
here given. This work was closely correlated with other 
studies, especially with nature study, reading and history. 

Burlap, 2^4 yards, at 75 cts. per yard $2.07 

Java canvas, white, 3 yards, at 38 cts. per yard 1.14 

Java canvas, colored, 2>Va yards, at 45 cts. per yard 1.46 

Unbleached muslin, 10 yards, at 8 cts. per yard 80 

White muslin, 4 yards, at g l / 2 cts. per yard 4 1 

Victoria lawn, 4 yards, at 20 cts. per yard .80 

Linen lawn, I yard .90 

Heavy lawn, J /& yard, at 75 cts. per yard 10 

Long cloth, 12 yards, at 12 cts. per yard 1.44 

Gingham, l /> yard, at T2 etc. per yard .06 

Flannel, l / 2 yard, at 60 cts. per yard 30 

Eider flannel, l / 2 yard, at 55 cts. per yard .28 

Ribbon (different widths and different colors), 1 piece, at 

45 cts 45 

Worsted (different colors), 1^4 pounds, at $1.45 per pound 1.82 

Cord, 10 pounds, at 16 cts. per pound 1.60 

Iron rings, y 2 gross, at 60 cts. per gross 30 

36 



Economics of Manual Training. 

Brass rings, y 2 gross, at 15 cts. per gross 08 

Raffia, 18 pounds, at 15 cts. per pound 2.70 

Birch bark (Christmas), 20 square feet, at 12 cts. per 

square foot 2.40 

Chamois skins penwipers and moccasins, 4, at 25 cts. each 1.00 

Rattan, 15 pounds, at 35 cts. per pound 5.25 

Rattan, 10 pounds, at 60 cts. per pound 6.00 

Bobbin, i l / 2 dozen, at 10 cts. per dozen .15 

Pearl buttons, 3^ dozen, at 12 cts. per dozen 42 

Lace torchon, 3 yards, at 10 cts. per yard 30 

Lace, val., l / 2 piece, at 25 cts per piece .13 

Stockinet, 1 yard, at 8 cts. per yard .08 

Darning cotton, % ball, at 3 cts. per ball 02 

Diamond dye, 6 packages, at 10 cts. per package 60 

Braid (dolls, different colors), 1 piece, at 5 cts. per piece .05 

Braid (gold) , 7 yards, at 5 cts. per yard 35 

Buttons (gold), 1 dozen, at 15 cts. per dozen .15 

Cotton thread (approximate amount), 1 dozen spools, at 

41 cts. per dozen 41 

Silk thread (approximate amount), l / 2 dozen spools, .54 

Needles, sharps, 1 dozen papers, at 48 cts. per dozen .48 

Needles, tap, l / 2 dozen papers, at 48 cts. per dozen 24 

$35-28 

The above materials were used by 165 pupils, mak- 
ing the cost per pupil about twenty-five cents. 

The following data for the cost of sewing equipment 

and maintenance is furnished by the experience of the 

Indianapolis Public Schools : 

Equipment for 60 pupils $54- 00 

Maintenance, 656 pupils, 1 hour per week for 34 weeks 117.35 
Cost per pupil .18 

acuse Public Schools — Report 1901: 

Sewing supplies for 581 pupils I374 1 

Cost per pupil .23 

Bent Iron WorK. 

Bent iron work is adapted for the fourth, fifth, sixth 
and seventh grades. It may be carried on in the regular 
class room, or in a special metal working room. In the 
former case a work bench, such as supplied for the wood- 

37 



Economics of Manual Training. 

working shop, or a table of strong construction, may be 
added to the regular class-room equipment. One or two 
anvil vises should be clamped to the bench or table, thus 




Fig. 12. Bent Iron Work in Special Room with Simple Equipment, 

Buffalo, N. Y. 

affording an opportunity for the heavier work in riveting 
and forming. The special metal-working room is the 
ideal equipment, and may be used for all forms of simple 
metal working in which tin, sheet copper, brass, lead, and 
iron are the materials used. The equipment of such a 
laboratory is given on pages 131- 134. 

Venetian iron is a band iron of widths varying from 
Y§" to Y%' and 1-32" thick. This thickness permits of 
ready bending with small pliers. A substitute may be 
made by cutting into strips No. 22 guage sheet iron. 

33 



Economics ot Manual Training. 

Strips when crossing each other may be fastened 
together either by riveting or tying with fine wire. A 
small nail-set may be used to punch rivet holes or a "uni- 
versal punch," cutting a hole to match the rivet. Strips, 
extending in the same direction, may be fastened by rivet- 
ing, but a better method for class work is to employ small 
U's of the iron, known as "binders." These binders are 
supplied by dealers in sizes to correspond with the vary- 
ing widths of strips. 

Metal Snips are used for cutting the strips into the 
required lengths. No. 9 is a serviceable size. One "Roll- 
ing-Cutter Shears" placed in a class-room will be found 
valuable for shearing purposes. Each child should be 
supplied with a pair of 5-in. round-nose pliers and a pair 
of 5-in. square-nose pliers. For riveting, one or more 
anvils should be provided, and a table or bench to clamp 
them to. An 8-oz. riveting hammer may be used. 

In the fourth and fifth grades work may be limited 
to bending and fastening with binders, and will call for 
a minimum equipment. 

Equipment for Class of Thirty Pupils. 

30 Flat-nose pliers, No. 5, at $2.04 $5-!0 

30 Round-nose pliers, No. 5, at $2.04 5.10 

1 Cutting machine 4-75 

30 Rulers 3° 

Total cost of equipment $i5- 2 5 

Cost of Maintenance for Class of Thirty Pupils. 
(Horace Mann School, N. Y. City.) 

Binders, at 10 cts. per 100 $2.80 

^-incli iron at 21 cts. per coil of 50 feet 2.10 

Black paint at 25 cts. per tube 50 

30 Pencils 60 

Total cost of maintenance $6.00 

Cost per pupil 20 

39 



Economics of Manual Training. 



For the work in the upper grades the cost of vises, 
hammers and snips must be added to the above equip- 




Fig. 13. Bent Iron Work. 

ment estimate. The prices may be obtained from the 

following price list of Venetian Iron supplies : 

Riveting hammer, 8 oz $ -35 

Flat-nose pliers, No. 5 20 

40 



Economics of Manual Training. 

Round-nose pliers, No. 5 20 

Metal snips, No. 9 90 

Clamp vises, from V/2 in. jaws, opening to I $4 in. at 30 

cts., to 2]/ 2 in. jaws, opening to 2^4in., at 1.40 

Roller-cutter shears, No. 11; will cut No. 20 iron; each 4.75 

Iron in strips, per coil of 50 feet, ^-in .16 

Iron in strips, per coil of 50 feet, 3-16-in .18 

Iron in strips, per coil of 50 feet, ^4-in .21 

Iron in strips, per coil of 50 feet, 2^-in .25 

Binders, per 100 10 

Black paint, per can 35 

Black paint, per tube 25 

The following quotation from an article on "Venetian 
Iron Work in the School*" by Daniel Upton, Supervisor 
of Manual Training, Buffalo, N. Y., is suggestive of a 
method for utilizing waste materials in increasing the pos- 
sibilities in Venetian iron work : 

All ied Materials. 

" Along with the iron, tin may be used as parts of 
various projects, and, of course, glasses, jardinieres, and 
other receptacles will be brought from home and will 
afford an opportunity for designing and making proper 
supports. Some of the most interesting exercises are 
those in which the class takes an object which has hitherto 
been considered useless, and by their handiwork create 
from it a thing of beauty and usefulness. Broken goblets, 
baking-powder cans and covers have been reclaimed from 
the garbage barrel and have emerged from the hands of 
our youthful workers as pansy glasses, flower-pots, or 
pin-trays — an excellent training in thrift. * * * In 
the Buffalo schools this work is done in the seventh grade. 
There has never been any lagging of interest in a class, 
and not one where the teacher could not notice marked 
improvement in the individual work and in power for 
both independent planning and execution. Twenty regu- 

•Manual Training Magazine, January, 1903. 

41 



Economics of Manual Training. 

lar grade teachers are giving lessons to their classes, and 
special teachers instruct probably as many more; and 
the writer, from the experience and observation men- 
tioned, feels abundantly warranted in recommending this 




Fig.i4. Simple Wood Work with Knife in Regular Class Room, 
Buffalo, N. Y. 

medium both on account of its educational value and its 
economy." 

Knife WorK. 

Knife work or whittling is frequently carried on in 
the fourth and fifth grades. The meagreness of the re- 
quired equipment recommends it from the cost point of 
view. Stated in its lowest terms the equipment consists 
of a jack knife. School conditions impose a few addi- 
tions. Provision must "be made to protect the desk. A 

42 



Economics of Manual Training. 

slab of hard wood about a foot square may serve this pur- 
pose. This elemental means has been elaborated into a 
desk cover, which adds to its purpose of protecting the 
desk the furnishing of a receptacle for tools and instru- 
ments and forming a unit of equipment that is readily 
handled and stored. Dealers in manual training equip- 
ments supply various types of such desk covers. One 
such is shown in Fig 15, and is so constructed that it will 
not slip or mar the desk when in use. The tray is 12^2 






Fig 15. Whittling Tray. 

x 22 inches, with a recess of 4 x 20 inches to hold the 
tools. It is provided with a unique and very practical 
clamp which will hold a block up to nine inches in width. 
This tray is furnished with a set of tools especially adapted 
for elementary knife work, consisting of a No. 7 Sloyd 
knife, a pair of compasses, two triangles, a T square, a 
foot-rule, and a 4-inch try-square. The tray, without 
tools, retails at $9.00 per doz., or 90 cents each. The tools 
enumerated above retail at 8.50 per dozen sets, or .85 
per set. 

43 



Economics of Manual Training. 

A cabinet for the storage of trays must be provided. 
In design it may be similar to a cabinet for the storage 
of drawing-boards ; that is, having its upright partitions 
slightly wider apart than the narrower width of the tray 
and having cleats along which the tray is slipped into 
place. It may be mounted upon casters to permit of its 
being moved from room to room. 

The success of knifework is largely dependent upon 
the kind and quality of knife used. Upon this point Mr. 
Frank H. Pierce* has said a word worthy of the consid- 
eration of those contemplating the selection of a knife 
for this work. 

'The knife should be selected with great care, no 
matter how extensive or how meagre the rest of the 
equipment. In selecting the knife there are a number of 
points to be considered. The quality of the steel should 
be of the best, and the blade carefully tempered so that 
it will hold a keen cutting edge. If the temper is too 
hard the edge will nick and break, and if too soft the 
edge will turn over, giving a great deal of trouble and 
doing poor work. The construction of the knife should 
be good, and the design such that it is well adapted to 
the work to be done and to the capacity of the user. There 
are a number of styles of knife which are used for this 
work, the ordinary two-bladed pocket-knife, or jack- 
knife ; the round-handled knife with the fixed blade ; the 
sloyd-pattern knife with a flattened handle and a fixed 
blade. Of these three styles of knife the sloyd-pattern 
seems to be the best adapted to schoolroom work. The 
pocket-knife has the disadvantage of closing. This is not 
desirable in a school knife, as it makes it easy to slip into 

♦"The Manual Training Knife"— Manual Training Magazine, April, 1903. 

44 



Economics of Manual Training. 

the pocket. No temptation should be offered to take' the 
knife from the schoolroom, either by accident or design. 
Another objection to the pocket-knife is that the blade 
has a thin edge, making it hard to keep in order. The 
second form of knife has a wide blade, ground from the 
edge to the back, making it very hard to whet properly. 
The blade of this style of knife is fastened to the handle 
by being driven into it. After a short time the blade gets 
loose and pulls out. In the sloyd-pattern knife most of the 
objections to the foregoing styles are overcome. This 
style of knife will not close up; the blade has a thick, 
strong back, and is ground from the edge to the center, 
insuring a strong cutting edge ; the point of the blade is 
strong and centrally located ; the blade is fastened to the 
handle by a tang, which runs completely through and is 
riveted on the end, thus holding it firmly in place. These 
knives are made in several sizes, but the most suitable 
one, for young workers, is the size with a two-and-one- 
half-inch blade. This knife is large enough for all school 
work, and is well suited to the use of little hands. A 
great mistake is made in selecting too large a knife. A 
large knife is clumsy, and in making small concave cuts, 
where the point must be used, the fingers are apt to close 
upon the edge of the blade and get cut. 

When the knife first comes from the maker it is not 
in condition to do good whittling ; it has what may be 
termed a commercial edge ; that is, the edge is ground 
quite bluff, so that it will not be easily damaged while in 
stock. The first thing before using the knife is to whet 
it to a thin keen edge. 

A good oilstone is an absolute necessity. The India 
oilstone of medium grade will be found to give the best 
satisfaction of any stone on the market." 

45 



Economics of Manual Training. 

' In order to lay out the work a simple set of drafting 
instruments is required, consisting of two triangles, T 
square, compasses, ruler, and pencil. A try square is also 
required. 




Fig:. 16. Knife Work. 



Individual equipment for class of thirty pupils : 

30 Sloyd knives at $4.05 per dozen $10.13 

30 6-inch try squares, at $1.58 per dozen 3.95 

30 compasses, at $1.00 per dozen 2.50 

30 T squares, at 63 cts. per dozen 1.58 

30 -15 degree triangles, at 50 cts. per dozen 1.25 

30 30 degree, 60 degree, triangles, at 50 cts. per dozen. .. . 1.25 

30 rulers at 12 cts. per dozen .30 

30 pencils at 24 cts. per dozen .60 

30 trays at $8.10 per dozen 20.25 

Total cost of individual equipment $41.81 

46 



Economics of Manual Training. 

The scope of the work may be enlarged by the addi- 
tion of the following general equipment : 

6 brad awls $ .19 

6 hammers i-8o 

6 grooving tools 1.50 

4 fret-saw frames 2.60 

4 dozen fret-saw blades 32 

I ^4-inch auger and bit 1.25 

1 small back-saw -82 

12 6-inch hand screws 2.00 

1 India oil stone and can .90 

I honing strop 25 

Total cost of general equipment $11.63 

1 cabinet, estimated 20.00 

Total cost of complete equipment $73-44 

A box, suitably partitioned, containing an outfit for 
a class of twenty in whittling, can be purchased from 
dealers in manual training supplies. The outfit contains 
twenty each of the following: rule, pencil, compasses, 
sand-paper block, try-square, and knife, and also a chart 
of models. The retail price is $15.00. A chest contain- 
ing the following general tools and supplies retails at 
$7.00: saw, oil stone, 2 honing strops, 6 auger bit gim- 
lets, hatchet, oil can, and 2 quires of sand paper. 

Maintenance. 

Basswood, in thin pieces, is the material recommended 
for this kind of work. It does not split too easily ; is soft, 
and is uniform in texture. Whitewood (poplar or tulip 
tree) may be used. White pine may also be used to 
advantage. The wood may be purchased in the rough, or 
cut to size, from a mill, or may be had of dealers in kin- 
dergarten supplies, who furnish the materials cut to a 
large variety of sizes. 

Basswood, Ys", 3-16" or V A " thick, can be obtained in 
pieces 4" x 9" at $1.00 per hundred. 

47 



Economics of Manual Training. 

No. oo sand paper at 20 cts. per quire. 
Glue, at 25 cts. per can. 

The cost per pupil for maintenance is about ten cents. 

If designs in color are placed upon the work the cost 
for the oil colors must be added to the cost of maintenance. 
Tubes of ivory black, burnt umber, light red, prussian 
blue, and crown yellow, may be had at five cents per tube. 
In addition to the colors it will be necessary to provide 
dishes for mixing the colors, and small brushes for lay- 
ing them on. 

Bench WorK in Wood. 

Up to this point the question of the cost of equip- 
ment has not been a serious one, nor one acting as a factor 
to give pause to the introduction of manual training. 
Beginning with the bench work in wood and continuing 
through the high school work, the cost of the initial 
equipment becomes a matter of much moment and deserv- 
ing of considerable thought and study. Specially fitted 
rooms have now become a necessity, as have also special 
teachers. 
In What Years? 

By referring to Table A — (Opp. p. 7.) it will be seen 
that bench work in wood — tabulated as "J" — is usually 
carried on during the last two years of the elementary 
school and during the first year of the high school. Some 
schools introduce the work a year earlier, and it is also 
quite extensively carried on in the second year of the high 
school. This latter practice is partially accounted for by 
the lack of an equipment for other manual training sub- 
jects usual in a completely equipped manual training high 
school. The best practice would seem to limit this sub- 
ject to the first year of the high school and the two years 
immediately preceding. 

4 s 



Economics of Manual Training. 

Teachers. 

A special teacher is required for this work and for 
the various subjects succeeding. The demand for such 
teachers has been in excess of the supply, with the result 
that in many instances recourse has been had to the artisan 
as well as to graduates of the engineering schools for 
teachers of high school manual training subjects. The 
artisan, though versed in the technic of his trade, is apt 
to have but a vague conception of the requisites of a teach- 
er, and the results of his attempts to teach may possibly 
serve as an argument for the opponent of manual train- 
ing. The experiment of appointing engineering grad- 
uates as teachers of manual training subjects has been 
happier. He has ''been through the shops" albeit the 
motiv of his shop instruction is not that of the manual 
training school. But on account of the thoroughness and 
scope of his education he is capable of adapting himself 
successfully to the requirements imposed by high school 
conditions. This class has furnished many of the most 
successful teachers and supervisors of manual training. 
Another source of supply for teachers is found in the 
graduates of manual training schools. 

But the source that may be looked to for the best 
trained teachers is the normal school or college having 
a manual training department. In the best of these 
teachers are broadly trained for the peculiarly exacting 
demands made upon them. Nor does this source limit 
itself to supplying teachers of shop work. Thorough 
and efficient training is also given for teachers in the 
domestic arts and sciences. 

In order that the problem of a suitable equipment 
for bench work in wood may be comprehensively 
approached and intelligently dealt with the following 

49 



Economics of Manual Training. 

scheme of an analysis of the factors entering into the 
problem is suggested. 

Shop for Bench Work in Wood. 

General considerations : — 
In new building. 
In old building. 

Situation with relation to other classrooms. 
Size. 
Doors. 

Lighting : — 

Natural. 

Artificial. 
Auxiliary rooms : — 

Demonstration room. 

Wash room. 

Storage room. 

Teacher's room. 

Lay-out : — 

Bench space : — 

Distribution of benches. 
Relation to light. 

Bench : — 

Construction. 
Equipment. 

Demonstration space : — 
Bench. 
Seats. 
Blackboard. 

Glue and stain bench : — 
Construction. 
Equipment. 



50 



Economics of Manual Training. 

Metal working bench : — 
Construction. 
Equipment. 

Display panels for : — 
General tools. 

Tools for same. 
Specimens of woods, cones, etc. 
► Exhibition of typical course. 
Bulletins. 

Storage for : — 
Lumber. 
Finished work. 

Work in process of construction. 
Nails and screws. 
Blue prints. 

Decorations. 

Before considering each of the above factors in 
detail it may be well to define a general method of 
approach to the problem as a whole. It will be appreciated 
that certain determinate factors are almost invariably to 
be encountered in all problems of this nature ; factors 
limited by uncontrollable conditions. It would be impos- 
sible to consider all such possible factors and to provide 
or suggest a solution for each problem affected by them. 
The best that may be done under the circumstances is to 
lay out an equipment representative of the best practice, 
to suggest modifications to meet various conditions, and 
then permit the reader to gather from the information 
given such data as may be applicable to his special needs. 
In this spirit is the following detailed consideration given 
of the above analysis of our problem. 



=;i 



Economics of Manual -Training. 




Fig. 17. Wood Working- Equipment for the Elementary School, 
Westbrook, Me. 



General Considerations. 

The first general consideration is whether one is 
called upon to plan a room in a building" yet to be erected 
or to utilize a room in an existing building. 

In New Building. 

In the former case the architect may be furnished 
with data relating to the size of room, auxiliary rooms, 
position of doors, relation of the room to other class 
rooms, the lighting of the rooms, and the details of 
shelving, cabinets, and all other equipment furnished 
under architect's specifications. Suggestions for this 
information will be found below. 



Economics of Manual Training. 

I n Old Building. 

In the case of utilizing a room in an existing building 
it becomes necessary to conform to the conditions as one 
finds them. 
Relation to Other Classrooms. 

The situation of the wood-working room with rela- 
tion to other classrooms is primarily a question of the 
inter-relation of the shops as a whole and their relation to 
the other classrooms and laboratories. By one plan the 
shops may all be grouped together in a separate, con- 
necting building, or they may be confined to a wing of the 
building. The determining factors in this conclusion are 
the concentration of the use of power, the isolation of 
noise incident to shop work, and the vibration caused by 
the machinery. By placing all shops using power as near 
as possible to the engine-room not alone economical equip- 
ment is attained but also some saving in maintenance. 
The floor plans shown on pages 163-165, 167-170 may 
be found suggestive on this point. 

If no power is made use of in the wood-working room 
its status then becomes that of any other classroom, and 
its position is subject to much the same considerations. 
A common practice in the new public school buildings in 
New York City, where but one room is devoted to bench 
work, is to place that room at the top of the building. 

Size. 

The size of the room is determined by the number 
of benches to be installed. Assuming an allotment of 24 
benches, a room 30-ft. x 40-ft. will meet all requirements. 

Doors. 

The factors determining the position of the doors are 
dependent upon the easy ingress and egress of the stu- 
dents, and the relation of the room to halls and other 
classrooms. 

53 



Economics of Manual Training. 

Lighting. 

Abundant light is a prime requisite for shop-work,, 
therefore a corner room is more desirable than one having" 
windows on but one side. In a high-studded room, the 
placing of the windows four or five feet from the floor 
will afford an opportunity for a maximum wall-space for 
display of panels, etc. 

Where it is necessary to provide artificial light, drop 
lights should be placed at the back left-haud corner of 
each bench, as well as elsewhere about the room where 
occasion demands. 

Auxiliary Rooms. 
Demonstration Room. 

It is customary to set off a part of the wood-workings 
room for demonstration purposes. Under "demonstra- 
tion space," below, such an arrangement is considered. A 
departure from this practice is exemplified in the new 
building of the Ethical Culture Society in New York 
City. In planning the equipment for bench work pro- 
vision for demonstration was made by allotting a con- 
necting room for this purpose. The room is fitted up much 
as an ordinary classroom, with chairs provided with arm- 
rests, teacher's desk, and demonstration bench. A novel 
feature of the equipment is a swinging blackboard fitted 
into the wall separating the bench-room from the demon- 
stration-room. The working-drawings of the particular 
piece of work being demonstrated, are drawn upon the 
blackboard, and upon the passing of the class into the 
bench-room, the blackboard is swung about a central: 
pivot, and the drawings then serve as working-drawings 
for the class at the benches. The demonstration-room 
now becomes available as a regular classroom, if such use 
is required. 

54 



Economics of Manual Training. 

Wash Room. 

Provision should be made for the storage of shop- 
clothes and for washing-up. In the wood-working room, 
as an apron is the only additional piece of clothing used — 
and even this is frequently dispensed with — the apron may 
be put away in the locker provided for unfinished work. 




Fig. 18. Lockers and Wash Room. 

In the general locker arrangement, however, provision 
should be made for a locker for each student. These 
lockers may be arranged along the walls of a small room 
in the centre of which facilities for washing-up may be 
provided. (Fig 18.) A series of individual wash-stands, 
of the standard types furnished on the market, may be 
installed, or the typical shop practice of a long double 
trough may be followed. Hot and cold water, soap and 
soap-receptacles, roller towels, and mirrors should be 
provided. There is less need for a wash-room in connec* 
tion with the wood- working shops than in the case of the 
metal-working shops. 

55 



Economics of Manual Training. 

Storage Room. 

A separate room about 15-ft. x 18-ft. for storage 
purposes is desirable but not indispensible. All necessary 
materials may be stored in the shop. Lumber may be stood 
on end, the various sizes and kinds being separated by 
pegs, and a portion of the wall space set aside for this 
purpose. However, the assigning of a separate room is 
recommended. The fittings for such a room are simple. 
Along one side of the room may be arranged three rows 
of pegs each peg about fourteen inches in length, and the 
pegs about a foot apart. The first row should be placed 
eighteen inches from the floor, the next three and one-half 
feet from the floor and the top row eight feet. This 
arrangement will permit of different lengths and varying 
kinds of boards being stood on end and resting between 
the pegs, and also of the ready selection of any required 
board. Along another wall might be arranged a nest of 
pigeon-holes extending from the floor to the ceiling, 
affording storage for cut-up material, for hardware, and 
for general storage purposes. 9" x 18" x 18" depth will 
be found a serviceable size for the pigeon-holes. If power 
is to be had, a circular saw may be placed in this room to 
cut. up the lumber into sizes suitable for class use. 

Teacher's Room. 

A room about 8 ft. x to ft. may be assigned for the 
teacher's use, and furnished with a desk and a cabinet 
for the filing of blue prints, magazines, books, etc. One 
wall may be fitted with pigeon-holes as suggested above 
for the storage-room. This latter provision is especially 
desirable if there is no separate storage-room. 

Lay Out. 

Two important considerations underlie the layout 
of a work-room — economy of space and such an intcre- 

56 



Economics of Manual Training. 

lation of its component factors as may give a maximum 
of efficiency with a minimum of movement and friction. 
The reason for economy of space is a general and obvi- 
ous one. The reason for the second consideration may not 
be quite so apparent. Its appeal is one for economy of 
exertion both upon the part of the teacher and upon that 
of the student. For example, it would bespeak poor judg- 
ment in the layout of a room, if the general tools were 
all kept in the storage-room, necessitating a considerable 
distance for each student to travel every time he .wanted 
to make use of a general tool, when such tools might be 
conveniently placed on a large panel situated midway on 
the wall space nearest the benches. 

By the component factors is meant the various 
benches — students', demonstration, stain, and metal-work- 
[ n g } — display racks, cabinets, and all other furnishings 
included in the equipment of the shops. It is the inter- 
relation of these various factors, that is, their distribution 
with relation to each other, as well as their relation to the 
windows, doors and form of the room, and also their con- 
struction and cost that now demands our attention. 

A simple device that may be of aid in facilitating the 
problem of the best arrangement of benches in a room, is 
to make a scale drawing of the room — say, on a scale of 
y 2 -mch to the foot — showing the position of all windows, 
doors, and posts, and cutting out of paper, to the same 
scale, the space occupied by each bench and other pieces 
of furniture. The pieces of paper may then be arranged 
and rearranged upon the scale drawing of the room until 
the best disposition is determined upon. Or the problem 
may be solved mathe-matically by figuring out the space 
occupied by each piece of furniture, aisle space, and other 
factors entering into the problem, and making a lay-out 
drawing conformable to the conditions. 

57 



Economics of Manual Training. 

Benches. 
The benches should be placed in the best lighted por- 
tion of the room and also so that the student faces the 
maximum light when working. There should be space 
enough left between the benches so that the student has 
free play and that the teacher may have ready access to 
each bench while tne class is at work. Aisle space of suf- 
ficient width to accommodate students in habitual lines 
of travel to and fro from the benches should be provided, 
and is dependent upon the form of the room. The mini- 
mum of space that should be allowed between the back of 
one bench and the front of another is thirty inches. Leave 
three feet if possible. 
Construction. 

There is quite an extensive variety of manual training 
benches upon the market and an intending purchaser may 
well feel some indecision in deciding upon a selection. 
and yet the problem of a selection is not as difficult as 
might appear from the number to choose from, as the ma- 
jority, if not all, of the benches offered by the trade are of 
good construction and well built of good material. The 
prices quoted by the various dealers are quite uniform for 
similar grades. The benches offered are usually con- 
structed throughout of selected maple and the tops are 
always of this material. Some makers use other woods 
for the parts other than the tops — ash or a soft wood. In 
one or two instances iron or steel is made use of for the 
legs. 

The various benches may be classified in general as 
follows : 

Single, double or quadruple. 

With or without cabinets or drawers. 

With one or with two vises. 

With wooden or metal vises. 

5S 






Economics of Manual Training. 

With or without tool-racks. 

Adjustable to various heights or non-adjustable. 

Draw-bolt or keyed mortise and tenon. 

Most dealers do not list double or quadruple benches. 
The advantages claimed for them are economy of space, 
and a slight saving in initial cost. The saving in either 
case is more than counterbalanced by their disadvantage 
as compared with the single bench. Therefore the sin- 
gle bench is the only one here considered. 

The addition of cabinets or drawers adds materially 
to the cost of the bench and, as a rule, will be found un- 
necessary. 

A bench fitted with two vises is to be preferred as 
there are operations in wood-working when the end vise 
proves of material assistance. The additional vise is not 
essential, though desirable, and should be dispensed with 
only on the score of economy either of space or money. 
If wooden vises are employed the additional cost is only 
two dollars. 

Benches are fitted with either wooden or iron vises. 
Each kind possesses certain advantages. The wooden vise 
is considerably cheaper. The iron vises are usually of the 
quick adjustment variety, that is, a quarter turn of the 
handle to the left permits of the setting of the jaws at any 
required opening and a return quarter-turn clamps the 
work in place. The iron vises range in price from three 
to seven dollars. One or two forms have a maple facing 
to protect the tools. Some of the end vises have a dog that 
may be projected above the flush surface of the vise, and 
is used to clamp work securely in place against one of a 
row of pegs in the top of the bench. 

Benches are built with or without a tool rack extend- 
ing above the top of the bench at the back. In the latter 

59 



Economics of Manual Training. 

case provision is sometimes made for the tools in a drawer 
or cabinet constructed as a part of the bench. The objec- 
tion to the use of the drawer is the tendency to throw the 
tools in a heap, and also the littered condition that a 
drawer is apt to assume. The tools are more liable to 
being dulled or nicked than when placed on a rack. The 




Fig. 19 Wood Working Bench. Draw Bolt Construction. 

rack has the disadvantage of shutting off some of the 
light, especially when light is not over-plentiful, and also 
of the preventing of the free swing of work above the 
top of the bench. It has the advantage of having a place 

60 



Economics of Manual Training. 

for each tool, having each tool within reach, and on 
account of its conspicuousness the teacher is enabled to 
take a hasty inventory of the entire equipment, noting 
that each tool is in its proper place, in proper condition, 
and that the equipment is complete. A good plan is to 
have the racks flush with the surface of the bench with 
only the handles of the tools protruding. (See Fig 23.) 
One form of bench has a portion of the top recessed at the 
back for a width of about seven inches. This affords a 
place for the tools when in use and prevents their being 
shoved off the bench. 

Some benches are made adjustable to heights of from 
28" to 32," by blocks inserted between the tops and the 
frame. Where such provision is not made the end may 
be attained by trigging up with blocks under the legs. A 
small platform about two or three inches in height is 
sometimes made use of instead of lowering a bench. Such 
an arrangement is sure to be in the way and to be stum- 
bled over. 

Rigidity is a prime requisite for a work bench. The 
carpenter, in building a rough carpenter's bench, makes 
it rigid by running long boards well down the front and 
back and by bracing between the legs at the ends with 
crossed pieces of scantling. The manual training bench 
derives its rigidity from the use of heavier material and 
its peculiar construction. All such benches, that are 
without cabinets or drawers, follow a general type form. 
There is a top and four legs. The legs are joined in pairs 
at the top and at the bottom by strips extending from 
front to rear. These bottom strips are recessed in the 
centre to form a foot at either end to rest on the floor. 
The legs are further braced in pairs by two strips at right 
angles to the first strips and placed somewhat below the 

61 



Economics of Manual Training. 

centres of the legs. It is in the method of fastening these 
strips to the legs that the benches are divided into the two 
classes of draw-bolt construction and keyed mortise and 
tenon construction. Specimens of these two forms of 
construction are shown in Figs. 19 and 20. From the 
upper surfaces of the strips connecting the tops of the? 
legs dowels extend, fitting into holes in the lower surface 
of the top of the bench. This arrangement, together with 
the draw-bolt or keyed mortise and tenon, permits of the 
bench being knocked down for shipment, and of its being 
readily set up again. 

The working part of the top may be built up of 2 l / 2 " 
maple strips glued together. The lumber should be thor- 
oughly seasoned, and all joints glued where practicable. 
A row of wooden bench-stops is usually supplied. 

Mr. Clarence J. Smith, in an article in the Western 
School Journal, dealing with practical suggestions for 
establishing a manual training department, cites an 
experience with solid tops for benches that is worthy of 
consideration : 

''Caution : Don't get long carpenter's benches, for they 
will not serve the purpose. Don't get wide boards or 
planks from which to construct benches. They will be 
sure to warp. Get nothing but a bench with a glued-up 
top. A piece four or five inches wide is wide enough for 
any piece that goes into the construction of the top. I 
know of some benches procured from the local planing- 
mill, made from a design of appropriate dimensions, but 
not specifying glued-up tops. They were equipped with 
many conveniences, such as drawers and tool-racks, and 
cost $43 each, yet within a year the foot-wide planks used 
on the tops had warped so as to render them unfit for 



service." 



62 



Economics ot Manual Training. 

Benches range in price from $5.00 to $14.00, depend- 
ing upon size, and whether fitted with one or two vises, 
or with wooden or iron vises. Where it is necessary to 
exercise the greatest economy the home-made, simple 
carpenter's bench may be installed. 

Tool Equipment. 

The tool equipment divides itself into two groups : 
the individual or bench equipment, comprising tools that 
should be supplied for each bench, and the general equip- 
ment, comprising tools used in common. At this point we 
are considering only the bench equipment ; the general 
tool equipment is dealt with below under the considera- 
tion of the "general tool panel" and its equipment. 

The following list of tools for the equipment of each 

bench has been compiled after a careful consideration of 

the requirements and also of prevailing practice. The 

prices quoted are net cost per two dozen, or $6.04 for the 

cost of a single bench equipment. 

Rule, 2-foot, 2-fold, $1.98 

Sloyd knife, blade 2. l / 2 inches, 8.10 

Marking gauge, Stanley's No. 65, 464 

Try-square, 6 inch, 4- 2 4 

Firmer chisel, *4 inch, 3-98 

" " 7/ s " 6.3O 

Rip saw, 8 points, 23.76 

Back saw, 10 points, 1988 

Jack plane, Bailey's No. 5 3672 

Block plane, Stanley's No. 16, 16.20 

Spoke-shave, Stanley's No. 64, i7 2 

Bench-hook, wood, 3-6° 

" -brush 4-24 

Drawing kit, Bradley's No. 102, 9-6o 

Total cost for bench tools, $144.96 

By adding the cost of bench tools, $144.96, to the 
cost of general tools, $112.85, the total cost for all the 
tools amounts to $257.81. Allowing $10.00 for the cost 

63 



Economics of Manual Training. 




Fig 20. Wood Working- Bench 
Keyed Mortise and Tenon 



I 1 > 



« I 



*£■* 



tf^rj 



s' ■+' 



r "1 



! u ! 



6'0'-J 



I I 

fell 

I- ' 



H 



SHELF 



-:^-P 



^ 



■20'- 



i If 

l 

I I- 



I I 



M 



u 



1 ! 



Fig. 21. Glue and Stain Bench, 
64 



Economics of Manual Training. 



of each bench, the total cost for bench and tool equip- 
ment for a class of twenty-four pupils, as per above 
specifications, amounts to $497.81, or in round numbers, 
$500.00. 

A grindstone at, say $9.00, should be included in the 
list of necessary tools. 

By installing the cheaper grade of benches and cur- 
tailing the general tool equipment, the total cost may be 
reduced to $350.00, or even less. 

On account of their suggestiveness, the following 
sample equipments are here inserted. 

School equipment for twenty-four pupils and teacher, 
prepared by Mr. E. L. Valentine, of Chicago. The 
approximate price for this equipment is $550.00 : 
25 No. 5 Bailey Iron Jack 25 Emery Oil Stones ^xi^x- 



Plane, 

25 No. 2 Bailey Iron Smooth- 
ing Plane. 

25 Whittling Knives. 

25 No. 61 Boxwood Rules. 

25 10-inch Back Saws. 

25 1 -inch Socket Firmer Chis- 
els. 

25 Bristle Counter Brushes. 

25 Bench Hooks. 

25 ^8-inch Gouges. 

25 Drawing Boards, 12x18- 
inch. 

25 T Squares. 

25 45 Triangles. 

25 Eagle Pencil Compasses. 



6 inch. 

25 No. 20 Try Squares, 7^2- 
inch. 

25 Erasers, ^x4-inch. 

13 No. 62 Stanley Marking 
Gauges. 

T 3 /4-inch Socket Firmer 
Chisels. 

13 Champion Screw Drivers, 
4-inch. 

13 Wing Dividers, 6-inch. 

13 12 Bell Faced Claw Ham- 
mers. 

13 Rip Saws 8 pts, 22-inch. 

13 Cross Cut Saws 10 pts., 20- 
inch. 



General Equipment. 



12 Double Benches. 
1 Teacher's Bench. 
1 Langdon Mitre Box. 
1 12-inch Monkey Wrench. 
1 Pair 5-inch Cutting Pliers. 
1 14-inch Compass Saw. 
1 Drawing Knife, 8-inch. 
i Saw Vise. 
1 Saw Set. 
1 Set 3-16 inch Steel Figures. 



3 ^2-inch No. 8 Buck Bros.' 

Tang Firmer Gouges. 
3 ^4-inch No. 8 Buck Bros.' 

Tang Firmer Gouges. 
12 No. 12 Bliss Hand Screws. 
12 No. 6 Bliss Hand Screws. 
6 6-inch Colt, Eccentric 

Clamps. 
6 12-inch Colt, Eccentric 

Clamps. 



65 



Economics of Manual Training. 



% 



I Set y 2 -'mch. Steel Letters. 
I Set Auger Bits. 

1 Set Dowel Bits. 

i Grind Stone with frame 

complete. m> 

i 26-inch Rip Saw. 

2 Rose Countersinks. 

2 Screw Driver Bits. 
I Countersink. 

I Expansive Bit, large, % to 

3-inch. 
1 io-inch Ratchet Brace. 

3 Plain 8-inch Braces. 

3 Washita Gouge Slips. 
12 Assorted Carvers' Punches. 
12 Chip Carving Knives. 

6 Knurled Nail Sets — Cup 
Point. 

3 Cabinet Scrapers. 

3 14-inch Turning Saws. 

3 12-inch Turning Saws. 



6 24-inch Colt, Eccentric 
Clamps. 

2 48-inch Colt, Eccentric 

Clamps. 

3 Saw Files, 5-inch with 

Handle. 

1 Rat Tail File, 6-inch with 
Handle. 
12 Assorted Wood Files. 

6 Varnish Cups. 

6 Varnish Brushes. 

1 Gross No. 3 Lead Pencils. 

3 Dozen Carpenter Pencils. 
12 No 100 Coping Saws. 

3 Rubber Mallets. 

1 6-inch T Bevel. 

2 6-inch T Bevel. 

1 Automatic Hand Drill, 
with 8 Drills. 

3 ^2-inch Socket Chisels. 
3 J^-inch Socket Chisels. 



Jack 
Block 



The following individual bench equipment was sup- 
plied to the Bradley Polytechnic Institute. Approximate 
cost, $10.00: 

1 9-inch Eagle T. Bevel. 

1 No. 6 Sloyd Knife. 

1 Round Point Nail Set. 

1 Screw Driver, 4-inch Blade. 

1 ^4-inch Chisel. 

1 i-inch Chisel. 

1 J^-inch Dowel Bit. 

1 5-16-inch Dowel Bit. 

1 Bench Brush. 

1 2 T /-inch Wood Spoke Shave 

1 Sharpening Outfit, consists 
of t Oil Can, 1 Oil Stone, 
1 Waste Cup. 



No. 5 Bailey Iron 
Plane. 

No. 16 Bailey Iron 
Plane. 

No. 1 Bench Rule. 

Pair Winding Sticks. 

10-inch Back Saw. 

Bit Brace. 

7-oz. Bell Face Claw Ham- 
mer. 

2 T /-inch Mallet. 

No. 64^ Stanley Marking 
Gauge. 

6-inch Try Square. 



The wood-working equipment for the three last years 

of the grammar grades in the Boston Schools is as fol- 
lows : 

30 benches, 30 Y\-\r\. chisels, 

30 rip saws, 30 ^2-in. chisels, 

15 cross-cut saws, 30 i-in. chisels, 

30 back saws, 30 spoke-shaves, 



66 



Economics of Manual Training. 






30 jointer planes, 

30 jack planes, 

30 smooth planes, 

30 block planes, 

30 bit-braces, 

30 screw drivers, 

30 nail sets, 

30 hammers, 

30 half-round files, 

30 flat files, 

30 mallets, 

30 rules, 

30 gauges, 

30 try-squares, 

30 bevels, 

30 compass-attachments, 

30 bench brushes, 

30 bench hooks, 

30 sloyd knives, 

12 veining-tools, 

12 skew-chisels, 

24 carving gouges, 

12 turning saws, 



IS li~' m - auger-bits, 
15 ^-in. auger-bits, 
15 ^-in. auger-bits, 
15 24-in. auger-bits, 
1 aut^natic borer, 
12 German bits, 
12 drill bits, 
15 centre bits, 

6 countersinks, 

1 Bailey combination plane, 

6 mortise gauges, 

1 keyhole saw, 

1 framing square, 

6 cabinet scrapers, 

6 file cards, 

1 burnisher, 

6 hand screws, 

2 oil-stones, 

1 set carving oil-slips, 
1 oil can, 
1 knife file, 
1 hatchet, 
30 stools. • 



The following description of the equipment of the 
wood-working- department of the Mechanic Arts High 
School, Boston, Mass.,* is replete with suggestions. An 
equipment installed at the present time would probably 
specify single benches in place of the double ones, and 
might also limit the number of benches to 24, experience 
having shown that this number is the maximum for effi- 
cient instruction. 

"Two adjoining rooms on the second floor are assigned 
to the department of wood- working with hand tools. This 
department is equipped to accommodate daily six classes 
of thirty-six pupils. Each room is furnished with eigh- 
teen double benches, 57 in. long, 45 in. wide on the 
top, and varying in height from 29 to 33 in. On each 
side of these benches is a tier of three drawers, one of 
which is assigned to each pupil, for the set of cutting tools 

♦Annual Report of the committee on Manual Training 1901, Boston, Schoo 
Document No. 4. 

67 



Economics of Manual Training. 

with which he is supplied. Here, also, are kept his apron 

and unfinished work. Upon a vertical tool board 9^ 

in. high which divides the top of the bench in the centre, 

and upon hooks and shelves at the ends of the bench, 

are kept the following measuring and miscellaneous tools 

used in common by members of different classes : 

Stanley Rule and Level Co.'s tools : one each, T. bevel, 10- 
in., No. 18; rule. 2 ft., No. 18; try-square, 6 in., No. 10. A Buck 
Brothers screw-driver, 5 in., No. 69; Bemis & Call wing dividers, 
7 in. ; a Spofford bit-brace, No. 108 ; a Disston rip-saw, 22 in., 
D 8, with 8 teeth to the inch ; a Disston cross-cut saw, 22 in., 
D 8, with 10 teeth to the inch ; a Disston back-saw, 12 in., No. 
4; a Bliss mallet, No. 3; a Maydole adze-eye bell-faced hammer, 
No. 13; a Washita oil stone, 8 by 2 by 1% in. in box; a brass 
paragon oil can, No. o; a bench hook, 12 by 8 by % in.; two 
winding sticks, 18 by 2 by ^ in. ; a dust brush. 

"The individual sets kept in the drawers are : 

Bailey's patent adjustable iron tools; one each, jack-plane, 
14 in., No. 5; jointer-plane, 22 in.. No. 7; smoothing-plane, 8 in., 
No. 3; spoke-shave, No. 51; Buck Brothers shank firmer chisels, 
No. 2, one each, %, Y%, 1, i T /4 ins.; a gothic point knife; genuine 
Russell Jennings bits, one each, l /\, H, V2, Z A>, V\ in. ; a whisk 
broom ; a Stanley marking gauge, No. 65. 

"Each pupil is also supplied with a tray 26^ in. long, 
13^4 in. wide, and 1^4 i n - deep, divided into compart- 
ments adapted to receive the following set of Buck Broth- 
ers London style carving tools : 

Chisels, one each, 1 in., No. 1 ; V 2 in. No. 1 ; V% in. No. 2 ; 
gouges, one each, y$ in., No. 3; 3-16 in., No. 4; 3-32 in., No. 5; 
5-16 in., No. 5; 7-16 in., No. 5; fs in., No. 5; % in., No. 6; 3-16 
in., No. 7; 5-16 in., No. 7; 1-32 in., No. 11; % in,, No. 11; 5-16 
in., No. 11; parting tool, x /\ in., No. 39. 

"These trays are stored in cases at one end of each 

room. Two Brown and Sharpe grindstone troughs, fitted 

with stones and truing devices, are installed in one of 

these rooms. Water is brought in brass pipes to all of 

the grindstones in the various departments, and the 

troughs are connected with a system of drain pipes which 

lead to a sand catch-basin in the basement. 

63 



Economics of Manual Training. 

"The tool-room, which contains a variety of minor 
supplies, together with a large collection of miscellaneous 
tools for occasional use, is located between the two wood- 
working rooms, and is conveniently entered from either 
of them. Many of the shelves in this room are divided 
by narrow strips of wood in such a way that each tool 
has its appropriate compartment, and it is an invariable 
rule that every article must be kept in its proper place. 
Each pupil is supplied with three brass checks bearing 
his shop number, one of which will be received by the 
person in charge of the tool-room in exchange for any 
desired tool. The check is placed in the compartment 
from which the tool is taken, where it remains until it is 
redeemed by the return of the tool. The following are 
the principal tools in this tool-room : 

Bailey's patent adjustable iron planes: 4 beading, No. 50; 
2 dado, fillester, plow, etc., No. 46 ; 1 tonguing and grooving, No. 
48 ; 1 tonguing and grooving, No. 49 ; 24 rabbet, 1 in., No. 192 ; 
1 beading, rabbet, and slitting, No. 45 ; 1 bull-nose rabbet, No. 
75 ; 2 circular, No. 13. Buck Brothers' tools ; shank firmer chisels, 
No. 2, 6 each, % in., 3-16 in., 5-16 in., ¥ 2 in., ^ in., ^4 m > 7 A in., 
i 1 /^ in., 1% in.; 12 each, rose counter sinks, No. 83, snail counter 
sinks, No. 84; 6 cabinet makers' burnishers, 5 in., No. 91; 18 
square-point nail sets, assorted ; 18 round-point nail sets, as- 
sorted. One new Langdon mitre box, No. 2; 1 Stanley adjustable 
spirit level, 30 in.; 2 adjustable ball and socket saw clamps; 1 
racket bit brace ; 6 Stanley rule trammel points, No. 99 ; 2 Morrill 
saw sets, No. 1 ; 2 Stubs flat nose pliers ; steel figures and letters 
for wood, 1 set l /4 m - > f° r metal, 1 set J /i m. and 1 set % in. ; 72 
chalk lines, reels, and awls ; 24 brad awls, assorted sizes ; 2 Clark 
patent expansive bits ; 3 Sargent steel squares, 24 in., No. 300. 
Files : 36 flat bastard, 10 in. ; 30 half round bastard, 10 in. ; 12 
half round smooth, 10 in.; 6 pillar, 7 in. by Yz in., No. 6; 12 
three square, 7 in., assorted ; 6 Nicholson file brushes. Stanley 
Rule and Level Co.'s tools : 2 try-squares, T2-in., No. 10 ; 2 mitre 
squares, 12 in., No. 16; 12 Bemis & Call wing calipers, 6 in.; 12 
best French cabinet scrapers, square, 5 in. by 3 in. ; 12 best French 
Cabinet scrapers, curved, 5 l / 2 in. by 2 J / 2 in. ; 1 Coes monkey wrench, 
12 in. ; 60 Miller's Falls turning saws and frames, 18 in. ; genuine 
Russell Jennings bits, 12 1 in., one each, 5-16 in., 7-16 in., 9-16 in., 
11-16 in., 13-16 in., 15-16 in. ; German nail bits, 12 each, }i in., 5-32 
in., 3-16 in.; 6 Stearns patent dowel pointers; 2 Disston rip-saws, 

69 



Economics of Manual Training. 

26 in., D 8, 6 teeth to the inch ; 2 Disston cross-cut saws, 26 in., 
D 8, 7 teeth to the inch. R. Bliss & Co.'s tools : 18 cabinet makers' 
clamps, No. 74; 60 hand screws, No. 11; 60 hand screws, No. 4. 
Buck Brothers' London style carving tools, four of each : front 
bent chisels, No. 21, 1-16 in.; No. 21, 3-16 in.; No. 21 y 2 in.; 
No. 22, y$ in.; No. 22, 5-16 in.; No. 22, ]/ 2 in.; No. 23, ^g in.; No. 
23, 5-16 in. ; No. 23, ]/ 2 in. ; front bent gouges, No. 27, $£ in. ; No. 
32, % in. ; back bent gouges, No. 35, % in. ; No. 38, % in. ; parting 
tools, No. 43, % in.; gouges, No. 3, 1 in.; No. 5, 1 in.; No. 11, 
H in. 

"Opening out of one of the wood-working" rooms is a 
small room for the preparation of stock for models and 
for special saw work. Here are installed a Colburn dou- 
ble-arbor bench saw, and a Dover band saw for the use 
of the instructors and especially skilful pupils only, and 
a Mosely jig-saw which all the pupils are taught to 
use. The location of these saws in a separate room per- 
mits their use without disturbance to class exercises. An 
adjoining room is furnished with convenient tables and 
other fixtures for the final work upon all models or pro- 
jects which require shellac or other painter's finish." 

While it is desirable that all work be done under the 
best conditions and with an ample and adequate equip- 
ment, the lack of sufficient funds to install an up-to-date 
equipment need not deter the earnest teacher from making 
a start in introducing bench work. As a possible encour- 
agement to such a teacher the following quotation from 
the twenty-first annual report of the School District No. 
3, Sterling, Illinois, is here inserted as showing what can 
be clone under somewhat adverse conditions, backed by 
determination and initiative : 

"The tables which had done duty in the science room 
of the old Sterling High School made excellent work 
benches. 

"Throughout the year the seventh and eighth grades 
of both schools have had regular instruction, one hour 

70 



Economics of Manual Training. 

per week. Forty boys and thirty-four girls have taken 
the course. The initial expense in setting these pupils to 
work, including eight dozen sloyd knives, four dozen try- 
squares, four dozen coping saws, one rip-saw, two mitre- 
boxes and whitewood lumber was $46.78. The addition- 
al expense to carry the work through the year was about 
$38.00, making the total expense about $84.78. 

"In May of this year, the girls of the two schools 
gave a 'Girls' Program' as a sequel to the 'Boys' Pro- 
gram,' which netted $28.45, anc l this was followed by a 
'Primary Program,' which netted $26.50, both of which 
amounts were turned over to the treasurer of the fund. 
We have thus raised for manual training purposes by 
public exercises $103.14, of which $84.78 has been ex- 
pended. This expense does not include $15.00 which the 
Board has paid for one dozen vises, nor the lumber for a 
dozen work benches. 

"Of this material which the Board purchased 
for work benches, the boys of Lincoln School have made, 
out of school hours, five benches, and enough material is 
on hand for seven more benches. The boys made these 
benches entirely themselves and they would be pleased to 
have the Board test the 'plumbness' and 'squareness' with 
which they stand in the world and their fitness to meet 
a young workman's needs. 

"I very much regret that at the present writing I 
have not access to all the bills above mentioned, but I am 
iafe in saying that the total expense of conducting our 
first year's work in manual training was less than $110.00, 
and the greater portion of this amount is in tools and 
benches, and thus available for future work." 

One other report from the field of an actual exper- 
ience in the question of cost and maintenance may prove 

71 



Economics of Manual Training. 

helpful. The following quotation is from the thirty- 
fourth annual report of the Public Schools of Columbus, 
Ga.: 

"The original equipment of twelve benches with the neces- 
sary tools was $166.00. This included for each bench, 1 jack 
plane, 1 smooth plane, 1 block plane, 1 i-inch chisel, 1 2-foot rule, 
1 sty square, 1 marking gauge, 1 back saw. Also for 
general use 1 rip and 1 cross-cut saw, brace and bit, screw- 
drivers, nail sets, etc., 6 hammers, 6 */2-inch chisels. During 
this year additional tools to the amount of $30.00 have been pur- 
chased. These include rip and cross-cut saws, 2 of each ; 6 skew 
chisels, 6 mallets, 6 bench brushes, 30 pencil compasses, a rachet 
brace, building square, two turning saws, 12 ^2-inch chisels, 12 
^4-inch chisels, 6 files, 2 gouges, 1 grindstone. The supplies for 
consumption, including lumber, hardware, sandpaper, glue, etc., 
have cost about $140.00, which for 140 boys, the average number, 
amounts to $1.00 a pupil." 

Demonstration Space. 

It is customary, in a well-equipped shop, to reserve a 
portion of the room for demonstration purposes. If the 
available space will not permit of this reservation it may 
be dispensed with. The equipment consists of seats or 
benches for the number of pupils in the class, a work 
bench and complement of tools for the teacher, and a 
blackboard. Simple wooden benches, with backs, will 
suffice for the seating of the class. They should be 
arranged on a raised platform of two or three tiers to 
afford each pupil an unobstructed view of the demonstra- 
tion work. 

The entire demonstration outfit, exclusive of the 
teacher's work bench and tools, can be supplied at from 
$40 to $80. 

The demonstration theatre in one of the shops at the 
Mechanic Arts High School in Boston, is shown in Fig 

38. 

Glue and Stain Bench. 

At the left in Fig 23 is shown a glue and stain bench. 
A working drawing of a somewhat similar bench is 

72 



Economics of Manual Training. 

shown in Fig 21. It contains lockers for the storage of 
materials. The lockers may be dispensed with, in which 
case the materials in use may be placed on the shelf and 
the stock that is kept on hand can be stored in the storage 
room. The equipment consists of a glue pot and means 
for heating it. An ordinary gas stove, at 25 cents, will 
serve for heating purposes. Where gas is not available 
a kerosene glue heater may be substituted, costing for a 
one-pint pot, $1.00 or for one-quart pot, $1.50. A one- 
quart porcelain enameled glue pot retails for 53 cents. 
A two-quart steam glue heater, fitted with pipe for steam, 
overflow pipe, brass bib-cock for drawing water from 
tank, and stand can be had for $7.00. There is not suffi- 
cient use for glue in ordinary school work to justify the 



: r 



F 



c 



Fig 22. Metal Working Bench. 

installation of the steam glue heater. Besides the clamps 

listed in the general tool list a number of large cabinet 

clamps should be provided if large projects are a part of 

the course. A glue and stain bench may cost about 

$35.00. 

Metal Working Bench. 

There is more or less simple metal-work introduced 
in connection with the constructive wood-work. A strong 
bench equipped with a machinist's vise will meet the 
requirement. The form of vise having an anvil cast with 
it will be found serviceable. The bench can be installed 
for $15.00. A metal-working bench, with tools, is shown 



73 



Economics of Manual Training. 

to the left of the general tool panel in Fig. 23. A work 
ing drawing of such a bench is shown in Fig. 22. 

Display Panels. 
The wall space about the room may advantageously 
serve for panels for the display of specimen woods, cones 
and leaves, a typical course in bench-work, and for gen- 
eral tools. 

General Tools. 



A compactly arranged panel of general tools may be 
conveniently placed with relation to the work benches. 
Such a panel is illustrated in Fig 23. 

The attempt has been made to arrange the following 
list of general tools in the order of their importance and 
desirability, so that, when necessary, curtailment may be 
made with least danger of impairing the efficiency of the 
equipment : 

12 cross-cut saws, 10 points $ 10.59 

12 hammers, 4.46 

12 bit braces, 6" or 7" sweep, 9.51 

12 auger bits, l /+" 1.98 

12 " " y 2 ", 3-i6 

6 " " %" 1.85 

6 " " y 4 ", 2.16 

6 " " 1", 2.82 

3 centre " 1*4" 52 

6 drill " 3-16", 52 

3 " " 7-32'\ 65 

6 countersinks, ]/>", .57 

12 screwdrivers 2.43 

4 brad awls, 1" , 13 

8 " " iji", 25 

12 carver's skew chisels, y 2 ", 3.15 

12 " veining tools, 1-32" 3.87 

8 turning saws, 14" x %", 6.88 

24 compasses (with pencil attached ) 2.98 

12 hand screws, or iron clamps 3.60 

12 Firmer chisels, l / 2 " , 2.42 

6 " gouges, 7/ 8 ", 1.66 

6 " " 1", 1.96 

4 " " Y A ", (inside bevel) 1.27 

74 



Economics of Manual Training. 

4 io" iron bevels, I-9I 

4 oil-stones, 2" x 8" mounted, 2.85 

4 brass oil-cans, No. 1, -65 

2 Washita oil-stone slips, 28 

1 set of carving tool slips, 61 

6 smooth planes, Bailey's No. 4, 15-88 

6 cabinet scrapers (one end round), 25 

2 mortise gauges, rosewood, Stanley's No. 77, 78 

8 sets of winding sticks, 

1 rabbet plane, 79 

1 10" try-square, -34 

2 burnishers, -6i 

2 key-hole saws, iron handle, 21 

6 wing dividers, No. 5 75 

12 nail-sets (hollow points), knurled, 90 




Fig 23. View in Wood Working Shop, showing General Tool Panel, 
Metal Working Bench and Stain Bench. 



12 hand bastard files, octagon handles, 2.08 

6 " " " half-round, i-30 

3 file cards, ^ 

8 mallets, 50 

75 



Economics of Manual Training. 

i pair cutting pliers, .61 

2 cabinet clamps, Bliss' No. 73, 1.23 

8 Firmer chisels, 3-16 inch, 1.22 

2 joiner planes, Bailey's No. 7, 4.47 

1 expansion bit, .72 

1 mitre-box, Langdon's No. 18, 6.30 

1 hatchet, 58 

1 7-inch drawshave, 47 

1 pair calipers, 6-inch wing, .26 

1 matching-plane, 1.53 

1 plow, Stanley's No. 45 4.86 

In addition : 

1 grindstone, complete, 12.65 

1 glue-pot outfit, 4.00 

Total cost of full general tool outfit, $129.50 

There are two or three large general tools that form a 
group by themselves in that each of them may be driven 
by power. The first of these is the grindstone. The 
stones are supplied in numerous diameters, and of varying 
widths of face. A stone for school purposes should be at 
least 18 inches in diameter and have a face of 2% inches 
in width. A stone of this size, mounted on a hardwood 
frame, with treadle and handle sells for about $5.00. A 
30 x 4 inch stone, mounted on an iron frame, with adjust- 
able tool rest, truing attachment, water pot, and pulley for 
power, lists at $24.00. The same combination without 
truing attachment, but arranged for hand and foot power, 
is quoted at $20.00. 

A hand and foot power circular saw, with 7-inch 
saw — both rip and cross-cut — weighing complete about 
330 lbs., and suitable for most purposes for which a cir- 
cular saw is required in a school-shop, may be had for 
$60.00. A first class power saw suited to meet all shop 
requirements costs about $175.00. 

A foot-power band saw, capable of cutting a 40-inch 
circle, having a table 22 x 22 inches, and weighing 350 

76 



Economics of Manual Training. 

lbs., costs $65. A similar power saw costs about the 
same. 

A power planer is a desirable but not a strictly nec- 
essary addition to the equipment. 

Specimen Woods. 

A desirable adjunct to a wood-working room is a dis- 
play of the woods in general use in constructive work. 
Such a display is distinctly educational, and also has an 




Fig. 24. A Panel of the Cones of the Evergreens. 

appropriate decorative value. Various methods of prepar- 
ing the specimens suggest themselves. The woods may be 
cut into small slabs of about 4" x 10" x y 2 " . One half may 
be varnished to show the relative effect of the natural and 
finished wood. A small eyelet in the top will permit of 
hanging the specimen in place, and of its ready inspection. 
If the panel is covered with some dark material, as green 
baize, the woods will be thrown in relief. Long panels, 

77 



Economics of Manual Training. 

holding single rows of specimens, may be effectively dis- 
tributed on otherwise unutilized wall spaces. 

Specimen Cones, Etc. 

The same motives prompting the display of speci- 
men woods would suggest a display of the cones of the 
various evergreens, their needles, etc., and also of pressed 
leaves of the hard woods. Fig. 24 shows a panel arranged 
to illustrate the softwood series of cones. 
Typical Course. 

A part of the upper wall space might be used for a 
display-panel of a typical class course. Such a display 
would be found of use in giving a visitor an insight into 
the kind of work pursued by the class. 
Bulletin. 

A plain panel of soft wood, or of cork-mat, placed 
near the entrance door, may serve as a bulletin board. 

Storage. 
Lumber should be stored, if possible in a separate 
room, as suggested above under the caption "storage- 
room." 
Finished Work. 

Finished work, which it is desired to keep at the 
school, may also be stored in the pigeon-holes provided 
in the regular storage-room, or in similar pigeon-holes 
in the teacher's room. 
Work in Process of Construction. 

For the storage of partly finished work, each student 
should be supplied with a separate pigeon-hole in a cab- 
inet. The size of these pigeon-holes is largely determined 
by the size of the work constructed. This does not apply 
to large special pieces as a chair or desk, which must be 
stored as best they may be in any available space. The 
number of pigeon-holes to be provided is dependent upon 
the number of classes using the room during any one 

78 



Economics of Manual Training. 

school term and the number of pupils in each class. In 
Fig. 25 is shown a drawing of a cabinet designed to 
accommodate three classes of 24 pupils each. It will be 




Fig. 25. Lockers for Wood Working Room. 

noticed that the pigeon-holes are arranged in groups of 
six, each group having a separate lid. The dimensions 
given for the pigeon-holes have been found to meet the 
requirements. 

Nails and Screws. 

To accommodate the numerous sizes of nails and 
screws required a separate cabinet of small drawers may 
be provided. 

Blue Prints. 

If blue-prints are used, a cabinet composed of pigeon- 
holes, each hole being a trifle higher and deeper than the 
size of the blue-print and wide enough to hold all the 
prints of one kind, will be found convenient. Or a sim- 
ilar provision might be made by having the prints lie flat. 
Some of the large pigeon-holes in the storage-room or 
the teacher's room might be subdivided to meet the 
requirement. 

79 



Economics of Manual Training. 

The blue-print may well be dispensed with altogether, 
and in lieu, the student may work from his own drawing, 
or from the blackboard drawing made by the teacher as 
a part of his demonstration. 

Decorations. 

Before leaving the question of the furnishing of the 
room it may not be out of place to add a suggestion or 
two regarding the further decoration of the room, and 
for devices to add to the broader appreciation of the work. 
The panels of specimen woods, cones, etc., form a dis- 
tinctively decorative feature which may be further 
enhanced by photographs of lumbering industries, for- 
est scenes and allied subjects. A set of prints of the prin- 
cipal lumber-furnishing trees, with enlarged detailed 
views of their leaves and bark, is a well-known publica- 
tion. These prints, framed, are an effective addition to 
the room. A table, with a book and magazine rack, sup- 
plied with a few books on wood-working and some papers 
or magazines containing working-drawings of simple 
objects, is also suggested as a device to broaden the inter- 
est of the pupil in his shop-work. There are a few books 
on wood-working that make a direct appeal to boy nature 
and also one or two periodicals that emphasize construc- 
tive wood-work for boys in a way that is very real to the 
boy. The wise teacher knows the value of the use of 
these adjuncts to his work ; knows the influence of sympa- 
thetic mutual interest in the wider outlook upon the work 
at hand. Therefore a suggestion of an equipment that 
may aid in bringing a pupil more closely in touch with 
the significance and bearing of his work may be germane. 

Touching upon this question of room decoration, Mr. 
Albert H. Leake, Inspector of Technical Education, 
Ontario, says :* 



'Manual Training in Canada'*— Manual Training Magazine, April, 1904. 

80 



Economics of Manual Training 

"In the vast majority of cases the centres are almost 
ideal in character, and in one or two instances where 
rather unsuitable rooms were the only ones available, no 
expense was spared to make "them efficient. In many 
places outside of Canada but little attention is paid to the 
general appearance of the manual-training room, and the 
typical room has been as unlovely and barn-like a place as 
it could be made. Here we have proceeded on somewhat 
different lines. We believe, and believe strongly, that the 
influence of the place in which a boy works leaves its im- 
press on both the character of the boy and the quality of 
his work, and in conformity with this idea we have 
sought to make our rooms bright and attractive, devoting 
special attention to their decoration, though everything 
that has not a direct bearing on the work has been rigidly 
excluded. Specimens of timber, sections of trees, ex- 
amples of work, and photographs have been liberally sup- 
plied. The actual course of models being taken is dis- 
played by means of large drawings around the room. 
These are very effectively and economically prepared 
with white chalk on ordinary wall-paper. Every kind of 
tool in use has been taken apart, and the separated parts 
mounted and properly named. It is surprising what an 
effect illustrations of this kind have in stimulating a 
healthy curiosity in the minds of the boys." 

Maintenance. 

The cost of maintenance is largely dependent upon 
the cost of lumber. There are other items, as hardware 
and the replacing of worn out or broken tools, but the 
chief item is that of stock. The kind of stock used, 
as well as its cost, varies greatly in different sec- 
tions of the country, and as the reader may 
readily obtain the price of lumber in the local market, 



Economics of Manual Training. 

any attempt to quote prices here for different localities 
would be of but secondary help. In the vicinity of New 
York white pine and white wood are most frequently used. 
Gum-wood, bass-wood and cypress are also used to less 
extent. It is desirable that all lumber used should be of 
good quality and free from knots. The lumber should be 
planed at the mill, and also cut-up into sizes for class use 
if there is no provision at the school for doing the work. 

A considerable item in the cost of maintenance of all 
shop work is the depreciation of tools, benches, and other 
fixtures through loss and wear. 

A study of one equipment over a period of ten years 
and another over six years would seem to indicate that 
10 per cent, is a conservative estimate of this factor. In 
many cases the loss would undoubtedly fall below this 
proportion. 

In an endeavor to ascertain the cost per pupil for 
materials used in the bench work, the following table has 
been compiled. It will be noticed that there exists a 
very wide range in the costs given: from 21 cents in Los 
Angeles to $2.35 in Chicago. The work is that of the 
seventh and eighth grades : 

No. of Cost per 
Pupils. Pupil. 

Cleveland. O, 900 .25 

Toledo. 1095 .68 

Springfield, 111 225 1.40 

Chicago, 111. 4231 2.35 

Minneapolis, Minn. 1108 .^o 

Carthage, Mo 6o .25 

Los Angeles, Cal 2005 .21 

Columbus, Ga 200 .30 

Hampton N. & A. Inst 24 .^3 

Homestead, Pa 120 .40 

Baltimore Polytechnic Institute 279 .41 

Carlstadt, N. J 35 1.00 

Montclair, N. J 80 .30 

Newark, N. J 975 -33 

Red Bank, N. J 90 .25 

Concord, Mass 1.00 

82 



Economics of Manual Training. 

Berkeley School, N. Y 31 1.35 

Milton, Mass 85 .45 

Natick, Mass 60 1.00 

Lewiston, Me •. 138 .70 

Average cost per pupil, $0.67. 

The following detailed list of work-shop supplies will 
be found valuable as a reference list. The items and 
prices are selected from a school supply list. The prices 
quoted are wholesale and can be obtained only when large 
orders are given. This accounts for the discrepancy 
between these prices and the prices given for similar 
items above. The above prices are retail for small quan- 
tities and are always subject to discount for large orders : 
Awls, Scratch Awl, 2.y 2 in., forged blade, maplewood han- 
dle, each 03^4 

Benches, as per Specifications and Drawings, each 30.90 

Bits, Cast Steel, Bright, Center. 

3-16 in., each 04 

34 in., each 05 

Vs in., each 05 

l / 2 in., each .06 

^8 in., each .07 

Bits, expansive (Small), boring from 5/$ in. to 1^4 in., each .51 

2its, Gimlet, 2-32 in., 4-32 in., 6-32 in., 8-32 in., each 05 

Bits, Screwdriver, each .05 

4-16 in., each 09^ 

6-16 in., each \oy 2 

8-16 in., each 11H 

10-16 in., each 12J4 

Blades, for Fret Saws, No. 3, per doz 05^2 

Blades, for Hack Saws, No. 8, per doz 34 

Boxes, Mitre, for molding, 2 J / 2 to 4 inches, each i.ia 

Braces, 6 in. sweep, ball-bearing, each .33 

Brushes, Varnish, \y> in. flat, each 04^2 

Butts, Brass, 1 in., middle, per doz .06 

Chisels, $ J / 2 in. from bolster to point, best quality, handled 
with applewood handles and sharpened : 

1 in., each 21^ 

each i7 l A 



y 2 in., eacn 17/2 

y^ in., each I3 Z A 

Cloth, Emery, Nos. 00 to iV 2 , per ream 7- 22 

Countersinks, rose countersink, case steel, y> in., each.. .08^4 
Dividers, winged, 6 in., heavy polished cast-steel joint and 

set screw, each io^4 

Dowels, Wood, y in., per 100 feet 10^2 

Dowels, Wood, 3/$ in., per 100 feet n^4 

83 



Economics of Manual Training. 

Dowels, Wood, x / 2 in., per ioo feet 13^4 

Emery, Nos. 40 to 150, in 10 lb. cans (can included), per 

can 55 

Files, Flat, bastard, 10 in., each io^4 

Files, Flat, second cut, 10 in., each 12^2 

Files, Half-round, bastard, 10 in., each 14 

Files, Half-round, second cut, 10 in., each 15*4 

Files, Round, bastard, 10 in., each o8)4 

Files, 3-square taper, smooth, 6 in., each .05 

Files, for Saw-filing Vises, \2 l / 2 in. jaws, each .05 

Gauges, Bit, gauges for bits up to 1 in., each 15 

Gauges, Boxwood, plaited head, brass thumbscrews and 

shoe, each .18 

Glue, Liquid, Fish, in gallon quantities (can included), per 

gal. 1. 19 

Gouges, sy 2 in. from bolster to point, best quality, handled 

with apple wood handles, and sharpened : 

24 in., each 24 

y 2 in., each 21 

%'m., each i8^4 

Grinder, Chisel, each 54^ 

Hammers, Claw, each 35 

Hammers, Peen, each .30 

Hammers, Tack, Claw, each \o x k 

Handles, Chisel, for tanged chisels, assorted, applewood, 

brass tube ferrule, per doz 19^2 

Hatchets, 4 in., each 22 

Hooks and Eyes, Brass, 34 in, per doz ®$V\ 

Knives, Sloyd, 3 in. blade, extra quality, each 17^2 

Letters, Steel, Y\ in, set of 27, per set 1.16 

Levels, 24 in., cherry, aroh top plates, 2 side views, polished, 

each 3034 

Locks, per doz 1 .43 

Mallets, Round, each 14 

Nails, Cut, 4d., per 100 lbs 2.75 

Nails, Cut, 6d., per 100 lbs 2.65 

Nails, Cut, 8d., per 100 lbs 2.55 

Nails, Cut, iod., per 100 lbs t 2.50 

Nails, Wire brads, y 2 in., No. 18, per lb 07^ 

Nails, Wire brads, 24 in., No. 18, per lb 06 

Nails, Wire brads, 1 in., No. 17, per lb 05 

Nails, Wire brads, i*4 in., No. 16, per lb 04 

Nails, Wire, i^4 in., No. 12, per lb Q>zV\ 

Nails, Wire, 1J4 in., No. 13, per lb 03^ 

Nails, Finishing, \ l / 2 in., per lb 04 

Numbers, Steel, ^4 m -> set of 9, per set 39 

Oil, Boiled, in 1 gallon cans (including can), per gal 62 

Oil, Hard, in 1 gallon cans (including can), per gal 1.18 

84 



Economics of Manual Training. 

Oil, Sperm, best quality, i gallon cans (including can), 

per gal 85 

Oilers, Brass, 1 pt., each 16^2 

Paper, Sand, Nos. 00 to 3, per ream 1.55 

Paint (ground), per lb. can: 

Black 13 

Raw Umber 10 

Burnt Umber 10 

Burnt Sienna 11 

Dutch Pink 15 

Chrome Green 10 

Cobalt Blue 30 

Planes, Block, 6 in., iron, nickel-plated, nickel joint, i}£ 

in., each 61 

Cutters for above plane, each 09^2 

Planes, Combination, No. 45, adjustable, machine, heading, 

plow and sliding plane, each 4.52 

Planes, Fore, iron, adjustable, 18 in., 2^ in., each 1.58 

Cutters for above plane, each .12 



i - 



Planes, Jack, wood, 15 in., 2 in., each 81 

Cutters for above plane, each 14 

Planes, Smoothing, iron, 8 in., adjustable, i^4 i n -> each. .. . 1.06 

Cutters for above plane each 13 

Plates, Facing, iron planed, 12x12x^4 in., each . . . . 3.95 

Plyers, 4 l / 2 in., flat nose, black, best quality, each 06* 2 

Plyers, combination cutting and gas, polished, each 54 

Plyers, round nose, each 06^/2 

Punch, solid, 1-16 in., each 04 

Punch, spring, each i6 T 2 

Rasps, Half-round, medium cut, 10 in., each 21 

Rasps, Half-round, fine cut, 10 in., each 27 

Rulers, Boxwood, 2 ft., 4 fold, arch joint, bound, 8th and 

i6ths, each I2 

Rulers, Steel, 24 in., graduated, each 26 

Saws, Back, 10 in., for wood, cast steel, blue back, apple- 
wood handle, polished edges, 3 brass screws, each 60 

Saws, Cross cut, first quality, cast steel blades, beech 
handle, polished handle, 4 screws, 9 points, 18 inch., 

each "I 

Saws, Fret, each 44 

Saws, Hack, Star No. o, each 59 

Saws, Nest of, Pruning, Compass, Keyhole, beech handle, 

polished edges, per set 4° 

Saws, Rip, 20 in., 8 points, first quality, rubbed, cast steel 

blade, beech handle, polished edges, 4 screws, each .71 

Saws, Sharpening, Back, each 12 

Saws, Sharpening, Cross Cut, each 23 

Saws, Sharpening, Rip, each 2 3 

Scraper, steel, 3x5 in., each °3 3 A 

85 



Economics of Manual Training. 

Screw Drivers, 4-in. round blade, ebonized handle, each o8?4 

Screw Drivers, 10-in. blade, each 

Screw Drivers, 2^2-in. blade, each 

Screws, Hand, 10-in. oiled maple, each 

Screws, 14-in. oiled maple, each 

Screws, Wood, flat head, brass, J^-in., No. 3, per gross. .. . 

Screws, Round Head, brass, j4-in., No. 2, per gross 

Screws, Flat Head, Bright: 

y 2 in., No. 3, per gross 

Y± in., No. 5, per gross 

Y\ in., No. 7, per gross 

1 in., No. 6, per gross 

1 in., No. 8, per gross 

i x /4 in., No. 7, per gross 

1^4 in., No. io, per gross 

1 V 2 in., No. 8, per gross 

iY 2 in., No. 10, per gross 

1Y4. in., No. 10, per gross 

\Y\ in., No. 11, per gross 

2 in., No. 9, per gross 

2 in., No. 11, per gross 

Screw, Round Head, Blued : 

y 2 in., No. 3, per gross 

34 in., No. 5, per gross 

24 in., No. 7, per gross 

1 in., No. 6, per gross 

1 in., No. 8, per gross 

1 y in., No. 7, per gross 

i% in., No. 10, per gross 

1 V 2 in., No. 8, per gross 

1 y 2 in., No. 10, per gross 

134 in., No. 10, per gross 

1^4 i n -» No. 11, per gross 

2 in., No. 9, per gross 

2 in., No. 11, per gross 

Sets, Nail, y in., square, polished, round point, each 

Sets, Saw. for hand saws, each 

Squares, Try, 6-in., nickel-plated, iron stock, graduated 
steel blade, square inside and outside, each 

Squares, Try, 15-in., rosewood, brass-faced, graduated, 
tempered steel blade, each 

Spoke Shave, 6-in. blade, each 

Stones, Grind, 24-in., iron frame, with treadle, steel arbor, 
babbit metal journals, tool rest, trough and drip can, 
each 1 1 85 

Stones, Grind, Sundries : 

Arbors, complete, each 4.00 

Bucket, Pan and Shield, each 79 

Treadle, each • 1.26 

86 



29 
09 
23*4 
32 l A 

13 
iey 2 

0734 

0834 

0934 

10 

11 

1134 

14 
14 

15 
17 
18 

20 

09 

joy 2 

12 

u J A 

14 

i6y 2 

i6y 2 

18 

20^ 

22 

2154 

24 

05 

26 

1434 

33 J A 
10% 



Economics of Manual Training. 

Stones, Oil, Red Washita, unmounted, 8x2x1^ in., each .32^2 
Stones, Oil, Red Washita slips, 4x2 in., round edges, each .09 
Tools, Carving, set of six assorted, with oil and slipstone, 
and one carver's marker, handled with round handles, 

per set 2.16 

Tray, Whittling, to be furnished with steel try square, 3 in. 

boxwood gauge, 5 in. sloyd knife, best quality, each... 1.20 

Veneering, Black Walnut, per sq. foot 04 

Veneering, Mahogany, per sq. ^oot 04 

Veneering, Maple, per sq. foot 03 

Veneering, White Holly, per sq. foot 06 

Vises, 3 in. jaws, each 1.39 

Vises, Saw-filing, 12^2 in. jaws, each 1.54 

Wax, Bees, per lb 27 

Wax, hard, finish, per lb 23 

Wood: 

y% in. Clear Ash, to in. wide, dressed both sides, in 

3 ft. lengths, per crate of 25 pieces 7.50 

J /$ in. Bass Wood, clear, dressed both sides, in blanks, 

4x9 in., per hundred 1.10 

3-16 in. Bass Wood, clear, dressed both sides, in 

blanks, 4x9 in., per hundred I. IS 

y in. Bass Wood, clear, dressed both sides, in blanks, 

4x9 in., per hundred 1.20 

Y§ in. Bass Wood, dressed both sides, in 3 ft. lengths, 

per crate of 25 pieces 5-5° 

5-16 in. thick, 6 in. wide, 6 ft. long, Bass Wood, 

per foot 04 

Yz in. Gum Wood, dressed both sides, in 3 ft. lengths, 

per crate of 25 pieces 575 

iy% in. square Clear White Pine Joist, dressed four 

sides, in 3 ft. lengths, per crate of 25 pieces 4.25 

iji in. square Clear White Pine Joist, dressed four 

sides, in board lengths, per ft 04^ 

3 in. square Clear White Pine Joist, rough, in 3 ft. 

lengths, per crate of 25 pieces 8.50 

3 in. square Clear White Pine Joist, in board lengths, 

dressed, per ft 09 

y% in. Clear White Pine, dressed both sides, in 3 ft. 

leneths, per crate of 25 pieces 6.50 

y% in. Clear White Pine, dressed both sides, in board 

lengths, per ft 07 

% in. Clear White Pine, 10 to 12 in. wide, dressed 

both sides, in board lengths, per sq. ft 09>4 

y% in. Clear White Pine, as above, in 3 ft. lengths, 

per crate of 25 pieces 8.25 

87 



Economics of Manual Training. 

Y% in. square White Pine Strips, dressed four sides, 

board lengths, per lineal ft 02 

V/i in. square Clear White Wood Joist, dressed four 

sides, in 3 ft. lengths, per crate of 25 pieces 4.00 

1% in. square Clear White Wood Joist, dressed four 

sides, in board lengths, per ft 04 

fy$ in. White Wood, dressed both sides, in 3 ft. lengths, 

per crate of 25 pieces 5.00 

fyg in. White Wood, dressed both sides, in board 

lengths, per sq. ft 06 

S/& in. White Wood, as above, in 3 ft. lengths, per 

crate of 25 pieces 5.50 

y 2 in. square White Wood Strips, dressed four sides, 

board lengths, per lineal ft 01 54 

The specifications for the workshop benches of the 
New York City schools are as follows : 

"The following conditions apply to all the materials 
and work of every kind hereinafter named and described. 
All work to be in accordance with the specifications and 
plans. 

The Contractor to furnish all materials and perform 
all work necessary for the proper completion of the con- 
tract ; all material to be of the best quality and the work 
performed in a first-class manner, and completed within 
45 working days after date of order. 

All the furniture hereinafter named is to be furnished 
and delivered in the workshop, fitted and secured in place 
as directed — and must be so constructed that it can be 
shipped in sections if necessary for convenience in hand- 
ling and delivering in place in the building. 

All Butts must be ball-tipped, polished cast brass, of 
specified sizes. 

All Locks must be cylinder locks, of "Yale" 01 other 
approved make, and of suitable size — all locks to have two 
keys. 

Work Benches : The framework, doors and tops to 

88 



Economics of Manual Training. 



be of clear and thoroughly seasoned maple — the tops to 
be 2^4 inches thick, made of strips about 1 34 inches 
thick, glued together. Doors to be numbered from I to 
30 with black painted figures one inch in height ; doors 
hung on 1 % x 2 inch butts and secured by approved locks ; 




Fig. 26. Wood Carving Bench. 

every key to have a separate brass tag attached by metal 
ring; tag to be stamped with a number corresponding to 
that of the door which the attached key locks. 

Each bench to be fitted with two iron bench hooks and 
two "quick" action wood-worker's vises of iron, to be of 

89 



Economics of Manual Training. 

approved make, with io-inch jaws, to open 12 inches ; face 
of jaws to be planed smooth and faced with i-inch maple. 

The facing on the fast jaw must, when faced, be flush 
with edge of bench top. 

All necessary bolts and straps to be furnished, as 
shown on detail. Exposed woodwork of benches (except 
the tops) to be varnished two coats. Tops to be one 
coat of linseed oil." 

An inventory of all tools and apparatus should be 
made by the teacher at the close of the school year. Blanks 
for the purpose may be supplied by the school authorities. 
Deficiencies in the equipment should be made up so that 
at the opening of the school term a full and complete 
working equipment is on hand. For this purpose, and 
also for the supplying of incidental needs, a form of 
requisition blank should be provided. The blank should 
contain a printed list of all tools and supplies in use, with 
blank spaces reserved in which to enter the number of 
each item required. 

Wood Carving. 
If desired, wood carving may be conducted in the 
wood-working shop by adding to the tool equipment 
twenty-four sets of carving tools listed at $3.25 per set. 
If a separate room is provided for wood carving regular 
carving benches, which range from three to five inches 
higher than the joinery bench, should be installed. Fig. 
26 represents a type of carving bench that lists at $8.00. 



90 



Economics of Manual Traininj 




Wade Park Manual Training Center, Cleveland, Ohio. 



Manual Training Centres. 

▼ ▼ T 

An efficient and economical provision for manual 
training equipment in the upper grammar grades is the 
establishment of manual training centres. These centres 
may consist of either one or two rooms in a school build- 
ing or a separate building erected solely for manual train- 
ing. The centre accommodates the pupils of a district 
comprised within a certain radius. In such an arrange- 
ment the manual training work is usually placed either 
during the first or last period of the school session, there- 
by causing a minimum loss of time in going and coming 
between the regular school and the manual training shop. 
For example, a pupil enrolled for the first morning period 
would report for manual training at nine o'clock, the 

qi 



Economics of Manual. Training. 



same as at his regular class room. He then loses only 
the time required to make the journey back to his regular 
school after he has had his work in manual training. 
Again, the boy having manual training during the last 
morning period goes direct to his home, thereby losing 
only the time required to reach the manual training 
school. 

A type of centre installed in a special building is found 




Fig. 27. Wade Park Manual Training Centre , Cleveland, Ohio. 

in the Wade Park Manual Training School, of Cleveland, 
Ohio, a view of which is shown on page 91, and plan in 
Fig. 2"]. 

The cost of the building and equipment is given 
below : 

Building, including mason and cut-stone work, car- 
penter work, painting, glazing, plumbing, gas-fitting, 
sewers, heating, and ventilating, galvanized iron 
work, tin and slate roofing, blackboards, and all extra 
work on buildings $4,54S.oo 

92 



Economics of Manual Training. 

27 benches 135-00 

Tools 120.03 

52 stools 23.83 

7 cooking school tables 65.00 

Case for dishes 8.25 

5 cases for caps and aprons 130.00 

Dishes 47-39 

Gas and coal ranges 44-75 

Toweling, etc 9-98 

Office desk 8.75 

6 chairs 6.00 

2 teacher's tables 9 00 

Sundries, estimated at 30.00 

$5,185.98 
The building is equipped to accommodate from 600 to 
700 boys and girls, under the direction of two teachers. 
The pupils are divided into thirty classes, fifteen classes 
in wood work and fifteen in cooking. Each class works 
one period of one and one-half hours each week. 

The cost of supplies, wood, drawing-paper, cooking 
materials, etc., averages about twenty-five cents per pupil 
per week. 

Another admirable type of the Manual Training 
centre is afforded by Evanston, 111. (Figs. 28-30.) The 
following reference to the inception of the school and 
description of its equipment is taken from the prospectus 

of the school. 

'The Schools of Manual Training and Domestic 
Science in Evanston are the outgrowth of an offer on the 
part of two public spirited citizens to co-operate with the 
Board of Education in establishing such schools and pay- 
ing the salaries of the instructors. As a result of this 
co-operation an attractive building was erected near the 
centre of the district for the exclusive use of these depart- 
ments. No effort has been spared to make the housing, 
equipment, and instruction the best that modern standards 
can produce from artistic, sanitary, and scientific stand- 
points. 

93 



Economics of Manual Training. 

"The equipment of the kitchen laboratory is very 
complete in every detail. A great deal of time and 
thought has been expended upon this department with 
the result that it represents both beauty and utility in a 
high degree without suggesting an unwise or extrava- 
gant expenditure of money. All things considered it is 
probably the best equipped school of its kind in the 
country. 

"The room is large and sunny, being provided on three 
sides with fourteen large windows, and with a floor space 
30 by 50 feet. The artistic effect of the room has been 
enhanced by a color scheme of blue, white, cream, and 
mahogany, to suggest the style of an old Dutch kitchen. 
The walls are covered to the top of the doors with blue 
buckram so finished as to be easily cleaned. At the height 
of the doors a shelf extends around the room. The walls 
above the shelf, and the ceiling are a deep cream color. 
The windows are curtained with cream colored shades, 
and sash curtains of Russian crash in natural color edged 
with blue fringed gimp. The door and window frames 
and the shelf are painted i /ory white, while the doors and 
base-boards are mahogany color. On the shelf extending 
around the room is an interesting collection of vases, 
plates, jars, etc., representing the wares of different 
nations. This collection will be added to from time to 
time. Three large cupboards with leaded glass doors in 
Dutch style are built across the corners and on one side 
of the room, and contain china in blue and white, and a 
food museum. 

"The furniture of the room includes twelve mahog- 
any chairs, a mahogany tea table for use when guests are 
entertained ; a hooded gas range, large white tile icebox, 
teacher's demonstration table, fitted with deep drawers 

94 



Economics of Manual Training. 

where chemicals and chemical apparatus are kept, a teach- 
er's chair and supply table. The sinks are three in num- 
ber, all white porcelain, nickel trimmed. The laboratory 
table is in the form of a hollow square with complete 




Fig. 28. Manual Training Center, Evanston, 111. 



equipment for 24 pupils. The front half of the tops of 
the tables is fine matched maple and the back half is of 
white vitrified tile, which affords a protection from the 
individual gas stoves and ovens. Each pupil has a drawer 
containing a complete equipment, also a drawer for food 
supplies, a bread board, cutting board, and seat, all fitting 
into the table. The legs of the table are nickel, and a 
nickel band two inches in width is carried all around the 
table as a support to the tile fittings and a finish to the 
edges of the tables. The floor is covered with linoleum 
of artistic design, carrying out the color scheme of the 

room. 

"The latest and most approved system of heating, 
lighting, ventilating, and plumbing has been installed. The 

95 



Economics of Manual Training. 



store rooms, toilet rooms, etc., are complete and in har- 
mony with the general equipment. In addition to the 
above the room is furnished with sets of meat charts, food 
charts, and a blackboard. 

"The following is a complete list of the working equip- 
ment : 

Tin, Granite and Iron Ware. 
I Fifty lb. Columbia flour bin I Berlin Kettle, 3 qts 



24 Pine granite double boilers 
12 Japanned tin pepper boxes 
12 Salt boxes 
12 Flour boxes, half-pint 
12 Sugar boxes, half-pint 
1 Spice boxes, set of 6 
3 Four qt. blue enamel bowls 

3 Tin collanders 

12 Flalf-pint granite coffee pots 
48 Measuring cups, half pt, 
3ds, 4ths 

4 Henis fruit presses 
8 Wire frying baskets 

1 Garbage pail and cover 

8 Iron cake griddles 
12 Iron dish cloths 

3 Blue enamel Berlin kettles, 
24 Half-pint granite sauce pans 

8 Two-qt. granite sauce pans 

3 Quart pans 

6 One-qt. blue enamel pitchers 

3 Small tin scoops 



1 Tin quart measure 

1 Large Russia ware pan 

24 Fourth lb. Russian ware 

bread pans 
24 Small tin pans for molding 
24 Small baking pans 
24 Small pie pans 
24 Small deep pudding pans 
12 Six-inch pie pans 

2 Six-qt. pans 
24 Utensil pans 

12 Granite dishpans 
12 Rinsing dishpans 
24 Granite qt. pans 
24 Small steel frying pans 

1 Tin gem pan 

2 Iron gem pans 

1 Soup strainer 

12 Blue enamel soap dishes 

2 Large tin steamers 
1 Waffle iron 

1 Six-qt. tea kettle 



24 Small wire strainers 

Small Utensils, Cutlery, Etc. 



12 \Y\ in. biscuit cutters 
12 Ditto cooky cutters 

1 Corkscrew 

1 Can opener 
12 Surprise eggbeaters 
12 Dover eggbeaters 

1 Meat fork 
24 Rogers Bros, dinner 

t Small tin funnel 

6 Graters 

1 Large sharp knife 

1 Tee pick 

6 Mincing knives 



forks 



24 Rogers Bros, silver plate 

knives 
24 Paring knives 

1 Wire potato masher 
24 Sultana tablespoons 
24 Sultana teaspoons 
24 Bone salt spoons 

1 Large granite spoon 
24 Small wooden spoons 
24 Silver plated teaspoons 
24 Eight-in. spatulas 

1 Steel for sharpening knives 



96 



Economics of Manual Training. 




Fig. 29. Cooking Laboratory Manual Training Center, Evanston, 111. 




Fig. 30. Wood Working Manual Training Center, Evanston, 111. 

97 



Economics of Manual Training. 

Wooden Ware, Etc. 

I Teacher's chair i Refrigerator brush 

i 'Slop 12 Sugar buckets 

6 Wooden chopping bowls 12 Butter pots 

12 Small scrubbing brushes 1 Wooden bench 

12 Vegetable brushes 24 Asbestos mats 

1 Stove brush 12 Toy rolling pins 

1 Long handled dust brush 1 Large rolling pin 

3 Short handled dust brushes 1 Six-qt. pail 

2 Radiator brushes 1 Clothes rack 

1 Coffee mill 1 Kitchen table 

3 Wooden mallets 1 Ice box 
1 Four-lb. tea scales 12 Ovens 

Crockery, Glass, Etc. 

24 Six-iri. plates 6 Two-qt. glass jars 

6 Eight-in. plates 3 Bean jars 

1 Platter 6 Glass lemon squeezers 

1 Cake plate 28 One-pt. earthen bowls 

4 Cream pitchers 28 One-qt. ditto 
24 Soup plates 8 Half-pt. bowls 

28 Sauce plates 30 Small Coffee cups 

36 Tumblars 12 Earthen cups 

26 Individual teapots 

Miscellaneous. 

4 Diet charts 6 Dish mops 

4 Meat charts 24 Piercing needles 

Pratt Institute Food Museum 24 Fryingpan covers 

1 Silver tray Toweling in quantity 

2 Aluminum trays 

Chemical Apparatus. 

Bunsen burner, test tubes, test tube rack, special thermometer, 
tube holder, rubber tubing, tube brush, test pan. 

Wood-Working Shop. 

"The equipment for the wood-working shop includes 
tools sufficient to give thorough instruction to classes of 
24 pupils each in general bench work, wood carving, 
wood turning, and finishing. 

"There are in all 216 private lockers each containing 
a set of firmer chisels, and a plane blade and cap, thus 
providing each pupil with individual edge tools. The 
shop is equipped with 12 double benches each provided 
with two sets of general tools such as saws, hammers, 

98 



Economics of Manual Training. 

squares, gauges, plane stocks, measuring scales, etc., and 
complete sets of carving tools. 

"In the general shop equipment ample provision has 
been made in auger bits, assorted twist drills, expansive 
bits and braces, draw knives, spoke shaves, scrapers, 
rasps, hand and cabinet clamps. 

"The shop is also provided with a 30-inch band saw, 
a complete 10-inch circular sawing machine, a 30-inch 
grindstone, a 4 x 8-inch trimmer, and 12 11 x 26-inch 
speed lathes." 



99 




Mechanic Arts High School, Boston, Mass. 
Plans on pp. 165. 



The High School. 

T T T 

Joinery Shop. 

The first-year class in the high school requires much 
the same equipment as that provided for the upper grades 
and usually does the same general line of work, though 
more advanced in character. The cost per pupil for main- 
tenance, as shown by a number of returns, is about $1.00. 

Wood Turning and Pattern MaKing. 

This subject is generally introduced in the second 

100 



Economics of Manual Traini 

year of the high school course. In addition to the join- 
ery equipment, lathes and lathe tools are required. We 
are here confronted with a large item of expense not 
heretofore met with ; that of power. This may be furn- 
ished either by an engine on the premises supplying power 
direct or through a dynamo and moters, or it may be 
furnished through motors driven from an outside supply 
of current. Shafting, pulleys, couplings, hangers, of 
which more or less are required according to conditions, 
may be calculated at fifty per cent, less than list prices as 
given in the catalogue of a reliable dealer. 

In schools having only a bench equipment, and 
without power, one or more foot-power lathes are some- 
times introduced for limited use. 

The work in wood turning and pattern-making may 
be carried on in the joinery-room by the addition of the 
required lathes and appurtenances, but where conditions 
admit a separate room should be provided. This will 
necessitate a duplication of the bench equipment. As the 
bench equipment has been considered in detail above, 
only the extra equipment necessary for wood-turning is 
here dealt with. 

A special form of combination bench, used in Bos- 
ton and at the State Industrial School, at Rochester, N. 
Y., is shown in Figs. 38-39. The mounting of the bench 
lathe is clearly shown in the illustration. Directly back 
of the lathe is the bench proper. This bench is described 
somewhat more in detail on page 109. 

The principal parts of a wood-turning lathe are the 
bed, head-stock, tail-stock, and tool rest. 

The Lathe Bed — the largest part — is cast in one piece, 
varying in length, for school purposes, from three to 
four feet. The top is finished in two V's, extending the 

IOI 



Economics of Manual Training. 

length of the bed, upon which the head-stock is perman- 
ently fastened, and upon which the tail-stock travels and is 
clamped in any desired position. The V's either extend 
above the surface of the bed, or are grooved into the sur- 
face. Between the V's is an open space to facilitate the 
clamping of the tail-stock and tool-rest in position. 

Legs. The bed is supported by two pair of legs 
fastened to the bottom at either end. These legs are 
either long, reaching to the floor, or quite short, to 
permit of the lathe being placed upon a bench. In the 
latter case the lathe is termed a bench-lathe. Lathes 
with long legs are shown in Figs. 30-32, and bench- 
lathes are shown in Figs. ^^, 38 and 39. When reach- 
ing to the floor the legs should have a wide spread to 
insure stability and firmness. 

Head-Stock. The head-stock is fastened to the ex- 
treme left hand end of the top of the bed. Its purpose is 
to give the required revolution to the work, at varying 
speeds. These varying speeds are secured by the aid of 
the cone-pulley, which is merely a collection of pulleys, 
from three to four in number, of varying diameters. The 
cone pulley is made fast to a spindle which is usually sup- 
ported at either end by two bearings, but there is a form 
of an overhung cone-pulley having but one bearing. The 
head-end of the spindle is threaded to receive a face-plate 
and has also a tapered hollow to clutch a "centre." A 
large and a small face-plate are usually a part of the 
equipment that is furnished with each lathe. 

Tail-Stock. The tail-stock is placed on the right 
hand end of the bed and has also a tapered hollow to clutch 
a "centre" in perfect alignment with the "centre" of the 
head-stock. It is between these two centres that the wood 

102 



Economics of Manual Training. 



to be turned swings, and a lathe is known as a "io-in, 
swing" cr "n-in. swing" according to the maximum di- 
ameter of the work that will swing freely between the line 
of the centres and the bed of the lathe. The bottom of the 
tail-stock is provided with two V's to fit the V's of the bed, 




Fig. 31. Wood Turning Equipment, Pratt Institute, Brooklyn, N. Y. 

and to permit of its being shifted to the right or to the 
left to accommodate varying lengths of wood. The max- 
imum lengths — or "distances between centres" — varies 
from 16" for a 3-ft. bed to 30" for a 4- ft. bed. The tail- 
stock is secured in any desired position by a clamping 
device of one form or another, and operated either at the 
side or at the bottom. At the right-hand end of the tail- 
stock is a hand-wheel to control a limited variation of the 

103 



Economics of Manual Training. 

distance between centres. A lever feed is also some- 
times used for this purpose. 

Tool Rest. The tool-rest proper is a T shaped piece 
for resting the turning tool upon. It is supported by a 
carriage, designed to permit of its being swung about 
into a variety of positions, and has also a clamping 
device for securing it in position. Like the tail-stock 
it is provided on its under side with V's, and for the 
same purpose. Two or three tool-rests of varying 
lengths are usually supplied with each lathe. 

Counter Shaft. Part of the regular equipment for 
each lathe should include the counter shaft. A somewhat 
common form has a wide central bearing that is fastened 
to the ceiling block. The spindle, carried by this bear- 
ing, has at one end a cone-pulley corresponding to that 
of the lathe and hung in reverse order, and at the other 
end a fast and a loose pulley, belted to the main shafting. 
These pulleys are commonly mounted on a shaft which 
has bearings at either end. 

The belt is shifted from one to the other of the 
pulleys by a belt-shifter, the handle of which extends 
down within easy reach of the operator. The belts from 
the main shaft may be \Y\' in width, and the belt from 
the counter shaft to the lathe 1^2". For wood-turning 
the counter-shaft should be run at about 500 revolutions 
per minute which will permit of a maximum speed at the 
rate of 2,000 revolutions per minute. 

Fig. 32 shows a lathe that has been specially 
designed for manual training schools, to meet the demand 
for a lathe at a moderate price. It lists at $35. Much 
is claimed by the manufacturers for the unique arrange- 
ment of the shafting which does away with overhead 
counter-shafting, permits of installation in a building 

104 



Economics of Manual Training. 

of light construction, and also greatly reduces the cost 
of installation. 




Fig. 32. Wood Turning Equipment Without Overhead Shafting. 



Each lathe should be provided at the back with a 
shelf and tool rack. A lathe having the following general 
specifications is well adapted to school conditions : 10" 
swing over bed, length of bed 3^2 feet, distance between 
centres 24 inches, weight with long legs 250 lbs., weight 
with short legs 200 lbs., floor space over all 3 feet 10 
in. x 26 inches. Such a lathe, complete with counter- 
shaft sells at about $45.00 Some lathe manufacturers 
make a lathe especially for school use and will gladly 
furnish information upon request. 

A full set of working drawings of a wood-working 
bench lathe is shown in Figs. 33-37. These drawings 
may serve for a machine-shop project. This particular 
lathe has served such a purpose in one of the large man- 
ual training schools where a number of these lathes are 
in use. 

A foot-power lathe costs about $25.00. A lightly 
constructed foot-power lathe, with scroll saw and circular 
saw attachment, retails for $13.00. 

105 



Economics of Manual Training. 



^L 




List of O'Ofvng 

£- Head *5'oc* 
J - Tool Rcat 
**■ Ta.f $t<,ch 



a-S- 36 &€ 

L-2-1 



Fig. 33. Bench Lathe — Assembly. 








-SQrfc-/*^ 



L-2-2 



Fig. 34. Bench Lathe— Head Stock. 
106 



Economics of Manual Training. 



Anchor P/ote-6 







S-28-98 

L-2-3 



Fig. 35. Bench Lathe— Tool Rest. 




* Sp.ndle ■ 2. 7 j'_±' W 



-chor Plate - 7 



• sf — - 

n 1 


-liP 


?□ 


r— *- 


S U 1 9 





Sp,r,dle N u t-4. 

nmnarT 



^frc 




Sir 9G 

L-2-4 



Fig. 36. Bench Lathe— Tail Stock. 
107 



Economics of Manual Training. 



h r— Jg~< 



Bed-) 








-3^r/" 



^L 



Mr- 



£2^ 



Bench Lathe 
Deto.ls of Bed 

a-zo-ss Mo 

L-2-5 



Fig. 37. Bench Lathe Bed. 



Individual Tools. 



A comprehensive tool equipment for each lathe is as 

follows : 

Turning gouges, l / 2 in. and 24 in $ -54 

Flat turning chisels, 5-16 in. and 24 in 60 

Round-nose chisels, 5-16 in. and ^ in 47 

Square chisels, % in. and 1 in 42 

Parting tool, 3-16 in 37 

Paring gouges, J / 2 in. and 1 in 94 

Washita, oil-stone 49 

Washita, slip stone 03 

Pair 6-in. calipers 61 

Oil can 20 

Dust brush 23 

Rule 10 



Total cost of tools for each lathe $5 00 

General Tools. 

Power driven circular-saw $175.00 

Power driven band-saw 65.00 

Power driven grindstone 25.00 



108 



Economics of Manual Training. 

Power driven planer 100.00 

Universal mitering machine, 8 in. stroke 32.00 

The two last named tools are desirable but not nec- 
essary. 

According to the above specifications the total cost 
of the addition to the joinery equipment, exclusive of 
power plant, would be $1,847.00, divided as follows: 

24 Lathes, at $45 $1,080.00 

24 Sets of tools, at $5 120.00 

General tools 397.00 

Pulleys, shafting, hangers, belting, etc. (estimated) 250.00 

On pages 67-70 is quoted a detailed description of 
a joinery equipment. A further quotation from the same 
source, descriptive of the wood-turning and pattern-mak- 
ing shop, is here inserted because of its suggestions. 

"In the wood-turning and pattern-making room 
(Figs. 38-39) there are thirty-six benches. On one side 
of the bench is a Putnam 11 -in. speed lathe, the other side 
is used for work with hand tools. As in the other wood- 
working rooms, these benches are fitted with 9-in. Wy- 
man & Gordon quick-action vises. 

"Beneath the lathe is a tier of three drawers, each 
containing a set of turning tools. On the opposite side, 
under the work bench, is a tier of four drawers. The top 
drawer in this tier is devoted to the measuring and mis- 
cellaneous tools used in common by members of different 
classes, while each of the. three others contains an indi- 
vidual set of cutting tools. 

"Individual turning tools : 

Buck Brothers tools : gouges, No. 20, one each, J4, ^2, ¥%, 
i l /4 in.; chisels, No. 19, one each, ^, y 2 , Y, i j A in.; No. 103, Ys 
in. ; No. 104, ]/ 2 in. ; parting tool, No. 18, 5/ 8 . ; a Washita gouge 
slip. 

"Individual joinery tools : 

109 



Economics of Manual Training. 

Bailey's patent adjustable iron tools; one each, fore-plane, 18 
in., No. 6; smoothing plane, 8 in., No. 3; spoke-shave, No. 51. 
Buck Brothers shank firmer chisels, No. 2, one each, ^4, Y%, 1, 
i l / 2 in.; a gothic point knife; a Stanley marking gauge, No. 65; a 
whisk broom. 

''Tools used in common : 

Bemis & Call Co.'s tools ; wing dividers, 7 in. ; wing calipers, 
6 in. ; patent inside calipers, 6 in. Genuine Russell Jennings bits, 
one each, *4, 3 A, V2, 5 A, Y\ m - Stanley Rule and Level Co.'s tools : 
try square, 6 in., No. 10; rule, 2 ft., No. 18; T bevel, 10 in., No. 
18. A Maydole adze-eye bell-faced hammer, No. 13; a Bliss mal- 
let, No. 3 ; a Buck Brothers screw-driver, 5 in., No. 69 ; a Spof- 
ford bit brace, No. 108; a Disston rip-saw, 22 in., D 8, with 8 
teeth to the inch ; a Disston cross-cut saw, 22 in., D 8, with 10 
teeth to the inch; a Disston back-saw, 12 in., No. 4; a bench 
hook, 12x8x1 in.; two winding sticks, 18x2x^4 in.; a Washita oil 
stone, 8x2x1 T /£ in., in box; a brass paragon oil can, No. o; a 
Chase patent brass oiler, No. 2 ; a dust brush. 

"Conveniently located in the centre of the room are 
two grindstones and a Putnam pattern-maker's lathe hav- 
ing an 8-ft. bed and, with open slide, capable of doing 
work 36 in. in diameter. This lathe is fitted with the 
most approved devices for doing all kinds of work, and 
is designed to be used only by the instructor and by pupils 
who develop special skill and demonstrate their ability to 
do a higher order of work. Near at hand is a small tool- 
room which contains a large variety of minor supplies, 
and all miscellaneous tools likely to be needed. The loft 
above this room furnishes adequate storage for a year's 
supply of lumber. 

"In one corner of each of the three wood-working 
rooms is an amphitheatre in which the entire class may 
be seated so that each member can see plainly the work 
done by the instructor at the demonstration bench. The 
space behind the amphitheatre has been utilized to pro- 
vide a convenient place for sinks and mirrors. A copper 
tank containing four glue pots heated by steam is installed 
in each wood-working room. Large cases are provided 

no 




Fig 38 Demonstration Theatre, Mechanic Arts High School, Boston, Mass. 





Fig. 39. Wood Turning and Pattern Making Shop. Mechanic Arts 
High School, Boston, Mass. 

Ill 



Economics of Manual Training. 



for the convenient storage of prepared stock and finished 
work. 

"The frames of drawing tables and work benches, 
and all exposed parts of tables, benches, and cases, are 
ash ; the sides of drawers, interior of cases, and tops of 
drawing tables are white pine ; the tops of work 
benches are of narrow strips of maple glued together 
to prevent warping. All drawers and compartments 
of cases are fitted with locks, no two of which have the 
same combination, but all are operated by a master key. 
The tables and benches have been constructed in the most 
thorough and substantial manner, and no pains have been 
spared to make every part of the equipment illustrate 
excellence of design and workmanship." 

The following equipment is used by the Lewis Insti- 
tute, Chicago, the approximate cost of which is $9.00 for 
the individual set and $10.00 for the general tools. 

Individual Equipment at Each Bench. 

x No. 5 Bailey iron jack plane 
I No. 4 Bailey iron smooth 

plane 
1 No. g l /i Bailey iron block 

plane 
1 No. 62 Stanley marking 

gauge 
1 No. 32 T /i-m. paring chisel 
1 No. 32 H _m - paring chisel 

Bench Equipment 

1 No. 8 20-in. crosscut saw 

1 No. 8 20-in. rip saw 

1 No. 8 10-in. back saw 

1 3 A-in. mortise chisel 

1 No. 2 hickory mallet 

1 Wood bench hook 

1 No. 29 India oil stone 

I No. 12 steel oil can 

1 Plain N. P. brace 

I y[-m. auger bit 

1 ^-in. auger bit 



No. 2> 2 H~' m - paring chisel 
J4-in. turning gouge 
^4-in. turning gouge 
Y\-'\r\. turning chisel 
24-in, turning chisel 
No. 14 India slip stone 
%-'m. parting tool 
5-in. inside spring caliper 
5-in. outside spring caliper 

at Each Bench. 

^-in. auger bit 

24-in. auger bit 

Cup point knurled nail set 

Whittling knife 

No. 18 8-in. T bevel 

No. 12 8-in. Stanley try 

square 
8-in. wing divider 
5-in. screw driver 
No. 12 claw hammer 
Bench brush 



112 



Economics of Manual Training. 

Lathe tool equipment used at the Armour Institute 

of Technology, Chicago : 

Each wood turning lathe has a case of six drawers, one large 
drawer containing the general tools and five small individual 
drawers, each of which contains the tools used only by the student 
having the key to that drawer. Each of the individual drawers 
contains the following tools : 

24-in. turning gouge I f^-in. turning chisel 

2^-in. turning gouge I ^-in. turning chisel 

x /i-'\n. turning gouge I J4-in. turning chisel 
i l /4-\n. turning chisel 

In the sixth or large drawer of each lathe are the following 
ools for general use of the five students using that lathe : 

6-in. outside wing caliper I Skew point scraping tool 

4-in. plain outside caliper i Spear point scraping tool 

4-in. plain inside caliper I l / 2 -'\n. round point scraping 

6-in. wing divider tool 

Scratch awl I J4~in. round point scraping 

6-in. T bevel tool 

4^2-in. adjustable try square I 6-in. screw driver 

No. 51 Stanley rule 1 6x2 Washita oil stone 

24-in. scraping tool 1 4M? x 2%. x % Washita slip 

^2-in. scraping tool stone 

*4-in. scraping tool 1 Oil can 

each right and left special 

Maintenance. 

The cost for maintenance of a wood-turning and 
pattern-making course is somewhat higher than for join- 
ery work. Returns from eleven schools give an average 
of $1.62 per pupil. To this must be added an allowance 
for loss and depreciation of equipment, which may be 
estimated at 10 per cent, of the cost of equipment per 
annum. 

Foundry. 

Foundry work sometimes occupies part of either the 
second or third year of the high school course. It is sup- 
plementary to the work in pattern-making. It requires a 
special room, situated preferably in the basement, that an 

113 



Economics of Manual Trainim 



earthen or cement floor may be secured. Essential to an 
equipment is a furnace for melting the metal, ladles for 
pouring, a set of various small tools, a number of mould- 
ing flasks, moulding-troughs and a core oven. With a 
relatively inexpensive equipment of this kind castings 
may be made in white metal or lead. Where practicable 




Fig. 40. Foundry Equipment, Pratt Institute, Brooklyn, N. Y. 

a brass furnace may be added to this equipment thus 
allowing for castings in brass or bronze. Scrap iron is 
also successfully melted in crucibles in the brass furnace, 
but, of course, upon a small scale. 

A more complete equipment, capable furnishing 
castings in iron would require a cupola, with its acces- 
sories ; an expensive and generally impracticable installa- 
tion. 

114 



Economics of Manual Training. 



In Fig. 41 is shown a moulding trough that lists on 
the market at $20.00. It is thoroughly built of pine 
throughout, and has drawers, etc., for containing all nec- 
essary tools. It is 4 feet long, 27 inches wide, and 4 feet 
high. 

The equipment shown in Fig. 40 is a very complete 
one. The cupola and core-oven are to the left and are not 




Fig. 41. Foundry Moulding Trough. 

shown in the illustration. It will be noticed that the 
moulding-troughs are built in groups of four. 

Equipment for Class of Twenty-four Students. 

White metal furnace and blower $ 58.00 

Core oven 50.00 

115 



Economics of Manual Training. 

24 sand troughs 360.00 

24 small flasks 15.00 

Ladles, skimmers, etc 10.00 

Sand bins and shelves 30.00 

24 student sets, consisting of : Rawhide mallet, 4-in. 
trowel, ^-in. Yankee slicker, ^2-in. double-end slicker, 
parting sand duster, draw spike, brass gate cutter, swab- 
pot and swab, 16-in. mesh sieve, pair of rammers, soft 
brush, 2-ft. straight edge, short-handled fire shovel, and 
7-in. bellows for each two students, at $9 per set 216.00 

Total cost of equipment $739.00 

Double crucible furnace 100.00 

Cupola 500.00 

Maintenance. 

If white metal or lead is used these materials can be 
remelted and reused. Molding and core sand must be 
provided, but can be reused, thus making the cost per 
pupil dependent upon the amount of waste and the cost of 
running the fire for the furnace. When lead or white 
metal is used and remelted this cost may come to perhaps 
20 cents per pupil. If a cupola is used the expense per 
pupil, exclusive of depreciation, may reach as high as 
$1.20. 

Forge Shop. 

By referring to the table (opp. p. 7) it will be 
noticed that forge work is usually carried on during the 
second year of the high school, and in some instances it 
is made a third year subject. A large room in the base- 
ment is customarily provided for this work. The equip- 
ment is the most expensive of any of the shops thus far 
considered and the cost of maintenance is also the high- 
est. A minimum equipment would consist of forges 
blown by hand-power, anvils, and the necessary tools. An 
up-to-date equipment calls for pressure and exhaust pip- 
ing, preferably laid under the floor, pressure and exhaust 

116 



Economics of Manual Training. 

blowers, forges, anvils, and tools, to which may be added 
one or more power tools, as hammer, shears, drill press 
and drop press. These power tools are, however, more 
in accord with the purpose of the engineering school shop 
than with that of the high school shop. 




Fig. 42. Forge Shop, Overhead Exhaust Piping, Pratt Institute, 
Brooklyn, N. Y. 

The piping is a variable item, depending upon the 
situation of the forges in relation to the fans. The latest 
practice calls for down-draft forges with the pressure and 
exhaust piping laid below the floor. The underground 
tile piping possesses the advantages over the system of 
overhead piping that it does not obstruct space and light, 
is indestructible, and entails no further expense after 
initial installation. 

117 



Economics of Manual Training. 



Fig. 42 illustrates a forge-shop equipped with over- 
head piping, and Fig. 43 a more recently equipped forge- 
shop having underground tile exhaust and pres- 
sure ducts. 

Locker and lavatory facilities should be provided. 
(Fig. 18). 




Fig. 43. Forge Shop Piping, All Underground, Stout M. T. School, 
Menomonie, Wis. 

A practical equipment for twenty-four students is as 

follows : 

24 forges, down draft $960.00 

24 anvils 216.00 

6 blacksmith vises 27.00 

24 tool stands 24.00 

24 sets of tools (as follows) : i^-pound hammer, hot 
chisel, one each ; 3^-in. and -Mj-in. top and bottom swages 
5^-in. top and bottom fuller, poker, ^-in. top and bottom 

118 



Economics of Manual Training. 

fuller for each eight students, pair of pick-up tongs, pair 
each }i-m., JHi-in., l A-in., -Hrin. and }£-m., tool tongs, 
fire shovel, rake, 12-in. steel square, pair of 6-in. calipers, 
pair of 6-in. dividers for each six students, centre punch, 
^4-in. and ^-in. punch, ^-in. and ^-in. bolt-heading 
tool, set hammer for each three students, flatter for 
each three students, sledge for each four students, and 

cold chisel for each eight students, at $11.00 per set 264.00 

Pressure and exhaust fans, with shafting, etc. (esti- 
mated) 300.00 

Piping, etc. (estimated) 150.00 

Hand drill 20.00 

Bench vise 5.00 

Swage block 5.00 

Bar shear 25.00 

Total cost for equipment $1,996.00 

The following estimate for a forge equipment for 
twenty-four students is given by a manufacturer : 

The forge shop to include 24 down draft forges (especially 
adapted for Manual Training School work), same being sup- 
plied with the necsssary blast and exhaust connections ; 

One blower of proper size to supply blast ; 

One steel plate exhauster to exhaust the smoke from the 
forges ; 

The necessary black steel blast and exhaust piping; 

The underground tile ducts ; 

The freight, cartage, belting, counter-shaft and erection of all 
the above apparatus. 

The approximate price for all the above would be 
about $1,950.00. Note that anvils, vises, tongs, and other 
necessary tools required for blacksmith work, are not 
included. 

The following description of the forge shop of the 
Mechanic Arts High School, of Boston, and its equip- 
ment will be found of help to those considering a similar 
equipment. 

"The forge-shop is a one-story brick structure, 93 
ft. long and 41 ft. wide, which occupies the entire space 
between the two wings at the rear of the main building. 
It is lighted both by windows in the wall and by a large 

119 



Economics of Manual Training. 

monitor with sky-light. Its relation to the main building 
is such that the noise incident to the work causes no dis- 
turbance in the class rooms. It is equipped with B. F. 
Sturtevant Company's new down draft forges, and all 
necessary appliances for the instruction of three classes 
daily, each containing thirty-six pupils. The equipment 
of each forge is as follows : 

A set of blacksmith's tongs (groove in jaw) for holding iron 
Ys, Va, H> V2, H inches; tool tongs for ^-in. square iron; square 
groove tongs for iron, y 2 -'m. by ^-in. ; bolt tongs, y 2 -'m. ; a poker 
for forge, 2-ft. ; a dipper, 3^2-in. diameter, 3 l / 2 -'m. deep, handle 
15-in. ; a rake for forge, 2-ft. ; a coal hod ; a forge shovel. 

Upon a post conveniently located with reference to each of 
these forges is an Eagle anvil weighing 130 lbs., near which is 
placed a tool bench supplied with the following tools : 

A cross peen hand hammer, 2% lbs. ; a top and bottom swage, 
y 2 -'m.; a hot chisel from i^-in. steel; a flatter, 2-in. face; a set 
hammer, i^-in. face; a hardy, 54-in. shank; a heading tool, 9-16- 
in. ; a center punch, y 2 in. by 5 in. ; top and bottom fullers, f^-in. ; 
a steel square, 12-in., graduated to 1-16-in. outside, 1-32-in. inside; 
Bemis & Call outside wing calipers, 6-in. ; punches, one each, 
%-m. f£-in. ; copper plate, 2 r / 2 in. by 2 l / 2 in. by 5^-in. ; a dust 
brush. 

"Each of these tool benches, 14 by 21 in. in plan, and 
27 in. high, contains three drawers, one of which is 
assigned to each boy for the storage of the models which 
he has completed, or on which he is engaged. Each of 
these individual drawers is furnished with a 1^ lb. ball 
peen hand hammer. Fourteen blacksmith's vises and one 
combination pipe vise are attached to benches firmly 
secured to the brick floor in convenient locations. Stock 
cut in pieces of the length required for the various exer- 
cises is stored in compartments in these benches. Fans of 
ample size produce blast for the forges, and carry away 
the foul air and products of combustion. 

"In one corner of the room is a raised platform on 
which thirty-six arm chairs are placed for the use of 

120 



Economics of Manual Training. 

pupils during the demonstration lessons. The instruc- 
tor's forge, located in front of this platform, is supplied 
with a Root hand blower for use when the engine is not 
running. Near this platform are two cases, one designed 
for the storage of blue-prints and miscellaneous supplies, 
and the other for prepared stock. The upper portion of 
the stock case is provided with glass doors, and is adapted 
to receive a series of models, made by the instructor, 
designed to show both the finished product and the impor- 
tant steps to be considered in making the model. A 75-lb. 
Laird and Sweeney power hammer, a New Doty Manu- 
facturing Company's No. yA power shear, a Goddard 
No. 3 drill press, an automatic drop press (Mossberg & 
Granville Company's pattern) built by pupils in 1899- 
1900, an emery grinder, a bolt heading machine, and 
numerous miscellaneous tools complete the equipment." 

Maintenance. 

The cost of Cumberland coal, Norway iron, tool 
steel, and sheet iron, used in typical courses, appears from 
a number of returns to be in the neighborhood of $2.00 
per pupil. To this must be added the usual allowance for 
depreciation of equipment. 

The tool equipment should be kept up by the instruc- 
tor and students at the sole cost of raw materials. 

Machine Shop. 

The most advanced work in manual training is that 
of the machine shop, often given in the last year of the 
high school course. The equipment is the most expen- 
sive used in the manual training school. Power, either 
electric or steam, must be provided. The course generally 



121 



Economics of Manual Training. 

consists of bench-work in chipping and filing, and of 
machine work. The equipment for each will be consid- 
ered separately. 

Equipment for Chipping and Filing. 

Vise $7.00 

3-16-in. square file, 6-in 08 

Flat bastard file, 12-in 17 

Hand second-cut file, 12-in .22 

Hand second-cut, 3-in 11 

Smooth file, 7-in 10 

Half-round bastard file, 10-in .15 

Half-round second-cut file, 5-in .09 

Pillar file, 6-in 09 

Taper saw file, 6-in .06 

i-lb. hammer .45 

File card 08 

4-in. spring dividers .31 

3-in. steel scale 3 2 

4-in. steel square 2.00 

Center punch .11 

Scriber .12 

Cold chisel 09 

Cape chisel .15 

Round-nose chisel .11 

Pair of copper vise jaws 75 

Total for individual equipment $ 12,56 

Benches, with drawers, for 24 pupils (estimated) 186.00 

24 individual equipments 301-44 

Total equipment for bench work $500.00 

Equipment for Machine Work. 
The equipment for machine shop work varies greatly 
in different schools. There is little question but that a 
very large amount of money has been unnecessarily 
expended for such equipments in manual training schools 
mainly from the fact that some traditional precedent has 
been followed and much larger and more expensive tools 
installed than are needed or indeed adapted to the natural 
possibilities of this work. The following tools represent 

122 



Economics of Manual Training. 

something like the fundamental necessities for such an 
equipment. The prices quoted are those prevailing at the 
present writing and are subject to fluctuation. 

6 engine lathes, io-in. swing, 4-ft. bed, friction counter- 
shaft, rise and fall rest, at $118.00 $708.00 

3 6-in. Sweetland combination chucks (with reversible 

jaws), at $13.00 _ 39-00 

16-in. by 16-in. by 3-ft. planer, with Newell vise 533-°o 

12-in. drill press, with capacity to drill i^-in. hole, 

automatic feed 1 18.00 

io-in. by 4-ft. speed lathe 45-00 

Grindstone and trough, with turning device $25.00 to 85.00 



$1,528.00 




Fig. 44. Machine Shop, High School, Hartford, Ct. 

Such an equipment would provide a separate tool for 
eight or even nine workers. It is possible to give the 
instruction upon these tools in conjunction with the less 

123 



Economics of Manual Training. 

expensive bench work by placing a portion of the class at 
the tools while the others are working at the bench, and 
rotating until all have had both tool and bench experi- 
ence. Such an arrangement, however, gives but limited 
opportunity for the machine tool instruction and a larger 
number of such tools is desirable if the classes are of the 
usual size. The above set of tools, with the exception of 
the grind-stone, may be multiplied to the extent of pro- 
viding individual tools for the class, or some of the fol- 
lowing tools, which are arranged perhaps in the order 
of desirability, may be added. 
14-in. engine lathe, 6-ft. bed, friction countershaft, taper 

attachment $310.00 

12-in. combination chuck, reversible jaws 22.00 

No. 2 B. & S. universal milling machine 675.00 

No. 1 sensitive drill press 70.00 

No. 2 B. & S. tool grinder, with cutter grinding attach- 
ment 17500 

Shaper 270.00 

$1,522.00 
Lathe Tools for Each Student. 

Diamond point tool $ .48 

Round nose tool .48 

Side tool 48 

Parting tool 48 

Thread tool 48 

Centre punch t 1 

Pair of 4-in. spring calipers ,31 

Pair of 4-in. inside calipers .27 

6-in. steel scale 60 

Center gauge 20 

Lathe dog, y 2 , H, J > and i T A 1.52 

$5-41 
In addition to the above items, machine shop equip- 
ments comprise numerous small tools, almost too many 
to consider in detail, and varying in quantity and kind. 
The following is a quite complete working list for a 
class of 24 : 

124 



Economics of Manual Training. 

Morse twist drills: i set Nos. I to 60; 1 set 1-16 in. to ^ 
in.; 1 each, 17-32 in., 9-16 in., 19-32 in., % in., 21-32 in. 
11-16 in., 23-32 in., ^ in., and 25-32 in.; 2 each, 1-16 in. 
5-16 in., 23-64 in., and 13-32 in. ; Nos. 1, 17, 20, 36 and 
46; 6 each, 5-32 in. and % in., Nos. 6, 16, 24, 25, 29, 31, 
33 and 43; 12 each, J^ in., 3-16 in., and 3/$ in.; 24 of 3-32 

in., and 12 3-32 in. center drills $26.74 

Reamers : Chucking, % in. to 1 in. by i6ths. ; centre, 
2% in. ; hand reamers, % in. to 1 in. by i6ths. ; Morse 
taper, Nos. 1 and 2 ; Morse taper roughing, 2 each of 

Nos. 1 and 2 $45-79 

Mandrels, % in. to 1 in .... 8.27 

2 drill gauges 3.25 

3 scratch gauges, 5 in., grad 2.25 

Inside lock-joint, 6-in. calipers 1.05 

Outside lock-joint 8-in. calipers 1.34 

2 universal bevels, 3 in 2.56 

Depth gauge, 4-in .64 

Double square, with bevel blade, 4 in 1.41 

Level, 12 in 1.50 

2 hack-saw frames, 8-in 1.54 

3 surface gauges, 8-in 4.50 

5 No. 19 micrometer calipers, with friction attachment, 

at $4.70 23.50 

No. 30 micrometer caliper, with friction attachment 7.25 

Vernier caliper, 6 inches, eng 12.75 

12-in. bevelled steel straight edge 1.70 

12-in. steel rule, No. 1, grad 1.07 

12-in. steel rule, No. 4, grad 1.07 

12-in. hardened steel try-square 8.50 

4-in. key seat rule 2 : i3 

Test indicator 12-75 

Surface plate, 14 in. by 18 in 26.70 

^6-in. exterior and interior cyl. gauge 4.00 

2 ball peen hammers, 12 ounces 1.08 

2 ball peen hammers, 6 ounces 2.16 

2 small riveting hammers .60 

Steel figures, 1-16 in., 3-32 in., and J A in 1.80 

Steel alphabet, 3-32 in 1.80 

Soldering set 1-9° 

50-in. tape 2.85 

6 knurl handles 1.50 

1 dozen assorted knurls 5-4° 

Goodell breast drill, No. 6 2.60 

Goodell hand drill No. 5 ^ 2.25 

Coes' wrenches, one 6 in. ; three 8 in. and 12 in 1.77 

4 rawhide mallets, No. 2 1.88 

Babbit hammer 1.25 

2 steel screw clamps, No. 6 4-45 

125 



Economics of Manual Training. 

2 clamp dogs, No. i, 6 of No. 2, and 2 of No. 3 8.18 

Hand taps, 1 set %. in. to Y\ in 10.16 

Machine screw taps, one 14x24, three each 3x48, 10x32, 

and 12x24, and two each 6x32, 8x32, 10x24, and 14x20 3.40 
Machine screw dies, one each 3x48, 10x32, 12x24 and 
14x36; and two each 4x36, 6x32, 8x32, 10x24, and 

14x20 2.80 

Round die set, No. 9B 9.00 

Adj. round dies, No. 2, ^4 in. to V2 in 4.00 

Nichols' tap wrenches, Nos. 00, o, 1, and 2 4.75 

Total for small tools $276.84 



Equipment for bench work $500.00 

Equipment of individual machine tools for class of 24 

$4,000 to $5,000.00 

Pulleys, belting, and shafting (estimated) 450.00 

Equipment of lathe tools 129.84 

Equipment of other tools 276.84 

Total equipment for class of 24 $6,356.68 

The following detailed statement* of the machine shop 
equipment of the Mechanic Arts High School, Boston, 
Mass., is of particular value in that it gives a very com- 
plete account of an existing equipment that has met the 
conditions imposed upon it by years of actual use. The 
equipment is quite elaborate, but the reader may eliminate 
from the list such of the equipment as his particular con- 
ditions may permit. 

"This shop, like the forge shop, is equipped for classes 
of twenty-four pupils. The benches, 20 in. wide and 
from 32 to 36 in. high, which extend along three sides 
of this room, are divided into twenty-four sections, each 
provided with a vise and a tier of four drawers. One of 
the three lower drawers is assigned to each pupil, but the 
top drawer is reserved for the tools used in common by 
members of different classes. In his individual drawer 



•Boston School Document, No. 4, 1901. 

126 



Economics of Manual Training. 

the boy stores the work upon which he is engaged, 
together with about a dozen files and a set of chisels and 
lathe tools. At the beginning of a lesson each pupil 
obtains from the tool-room a tray adapted to fit a com- 
partment either in the upper drawer at his bench or on the 
tool-board of his lathe. 

"This tray contains the following tools : 

A Brown & Sharp hardened steel try-square, 3 in. ; a Brown 
& Sharpe tempered steel rule, 6 in., No. 7 graduation ; a Brown 
& Sharpe tempered centre gauge; Starrett outside lock-joint cali- 
pers, 6 in.; Starrett inside lock-joint calipers, 4 in.; Fay spring 
dividers, 3 in. ; a file card ; an Arkansas oil stone, 2 in. by 1 in. 
by 5-16 in.; a centre punch; a prick punch; a scratch awl; a cen- 
tre chisel ; a tin box for chalk ; a key to the upper drawer at the 
bench. 

"Upon the bench or in the upper drawer are kept : 

A Spiers ball peen hammer, 1*4 lb.; a pair of brass vise 
jaws; hard wood blocks for use in chipping; a bench plate, 8 in. 
by 6 in. by 1 in. ; a parallel 4 in. by 2 in. by 1 in. ; a parallel 4 in. 
by V/2 in. by % in.; a Draper steel oiler, No. 13; and a bench 
brush. The vises are of several varieties as follows : 13 Lewis, 4 
in., No. 39; 1 Lewis, 4 in., No. io, with swivel jaw and base; 7 
Standard, 4 in., No. 91 ; 2 Mechanics, 4 in. ; 1 Miller's Falls, 4 in. 

"This shop is equipped with the following machine 

tools : 

Three 14-in. engine lathes, 5-ft. beds, each having a com- 
pound rest and one a taper attachment, built by the Fitchburg 
Machine Works ; one 14-in. engine lathe, 5-ft. bed, with compound 
rest, taper attachment, and wire chucks, built by the Hendey Ma- 
chine Co. ; one 14-in. engine lathe, 6-ft. bed, with compound rest, 
built by Prentice Bros. ; sixteen 12-in. engine lathes, 5-ft beds, 
with elevating rests, built by the F. E. Reed Co. ; two 12-in. engine 
lathes, 5-ft. beds, with plain rests and taper attachments, built by 
F. E. Reed Co. ; one 20-in. planer, built by Fitchburg Machine 
Works, supplied with a 10-in. Skinner vise with square base; one 
17-in. planer built by Whitcomb Mfg. Co., supplied with 8-in. 
Skinner vise with square base ; one 14-in. illar shaper, built by 
the Pratt & Whitney Co. ; one No. 2 universal milling-machine, 
built by the Brown & Sharpe Mfg. Co., supplied with a Whiton 
milling-machine index chuck ; one universal hand lathe, built by 
the Brown & Sharpe Mfg. Co., supplied with shell chucks % in., 
3-16 in.; % in., 5-16 in., and Y% in. ; a Whiton geared scroll chuck, 
2V2 in., and an Almond drill chuck, No. 2; four 10-in. hand lathes, 

127 



Economics of Manual Training. 

3 with 3j^-ft. beds, I with 4-ft. bed, built by the Putnam Machine 
Co. ; four 9-in. hand lathes 3^-ft. beds, one of which has a foot 
power attachment (F. E. Reed Co.'s pattern), built by pupils in 
1897-8; one Walker universal tool and cutter grinder, complete 
with attachments, built by the Norton Emery Wheel Co. ; one 
20-in. standard upright drill, built by Prentice Brothers, fitted 
with Pratt drill chuck, No. 2 and Presto drill chuck with 
Morse taper collects ; one upright drill, built by Sigourney 
Tool Co., fitted with Almond drill chuck, No. 2 ; one 10-in. sensi- 
tive drill, with centering attachment (Dwight Slate Machine Co.'s 
pattern), built by pupils in 1899- 1900, fitted with Almond drill 
chuck, No. 2 ; two grindstone troughs, built by Brown & Sharpe 
Mfg. Co., each fitted with a 39-in. stone and truing device ; one 
Challenge wet and dry grinder, No. C, built by Appleton Mfg. 
Co. ; one Greenerd arbor press, No. 3 ; one Q & C shop saw, No. 2. 
The following chucks are fitted to the engine lathes : 1 
Westcott scroll combination, 10 in., three jaws; 2 Standard inde- 
pendent, 10 in., four jaws; 1 National independent, 9 in., four 
jaws; 2 Whiton independent, 7H in., four jaws; 10 Skinner inde- 
pendent, 6 in., four jaws ; 7 National independent, 6 in., four jaws; 
1 National combination, 6 in., three jaws; 3 Union combination, 
6 in., three jaws ; 1 Whiton geared scroll combination, 6 in., three 
jaws; 1 Whiton extra heavy geared scroll, 5 in., three jaws; 1 
Whiton geared scroll, 4 in., three jaws; 1 Pratt, No. 1 ; 1 Reid, No 
1. The following chucks are fitted to the hand lathes: 1 Whiton 
geared scroll combination, 4 in. ; 7 Whiton geared scroll, 3 in. ; 

1 Whiton geared drill; 1 Almond, No. 2; 1 Hartford, No. 1; 1 
Little Giant, No. o; 2 Reid, No. 0. Each engine lathe is furnished 
with a tool board of special design, adapted to receive the tool- 
tray, and to provide a convenient place for cutting and miscellan- 
eous tools. 

"Upon pegs in a vertical board fastened under the bed 

of each lathe are kept the face plates, change gears, back 

rest, chuck drill rest, and a set of dogs, Yi, % I, 1^, and 

2 in. There is no available space for an amphitheatre 
similar to those in the woodworking department. Dur- 
ing the demonstration lessons pupils occupy tablet arm 
chairs grouped about the instructor's bench, which is 
placed in front of a large blackboard in the rear of the 
room. Near at hand is the tool-room, furnished with 
shelves and cases for the numerous tools required for the 
various kinds of work. One of these cases, which stands 
near the door, contains the small tools likely to be needed 

12S 



Economics of Manual Training. 

frequently, and the tool-trays previously mentioned. An 
attendant delivers these trays to the pupils at the begin- 
ning of the lesson, and is always ready to furnish any 
desired tool in exchange for a pupil's check. 

"The universal tool and cutter grinder and the power 
nack-saw are located in this room. 

"The principal small tools are enumerated in the fol- 
lowing list : 

Morse twist drills: i set, Nos. i to 60; 1 set, 1-16 to X A in.; 
1 set A to Z ; 1 each, 33-64, 17-32, 35-64, 9-16, 19-32, 39-64, 5/ s , 21-32, 
43-64, 11-16, 23-32, 47-64, Y A , 25-32, 51-64, 55-64, 59-64 in.; 2 each, 
1-16, 5-16, 21-64, 23-64, 25-64, 13-32, 29-64 in. ; Nos. 1, 17, 20, 36, 
46; 6 each, 5-32, %, 17-64, in,; Nos. 6. 16, 24, 25, 29, 31, 33, 43; 
12 each, Ys, 3-16, ¥% in. ; 24 3-32 in. 

Morse straight-way drills, 1-16, to Yi in.; Slocomb combina- 
tion centre drills: 12 each, 1-16, 3-32, l /$ in. Pratt & Whitney 
center reamers : 2% in., 6^ in. Drill gauges : 1 each, Nos. 1 
to 60, 1-16 to ]4 in., A to Z. Brown & Sharpe pocket screw and 
wire gauge. Wells Bros, centre drill chucks: 1 1-16, 8 3-32, 
2^? in. 

Carpenter hand taps, 1 set, % to Y4 in. Machine screw taps : 
1, 14 x 36; 3 each, 3 x 48, 10 x 32, 12 x 24; 12 each, 4 x 36, 6 x 32, 
8 x 32, 10 x 24, 14 x 20. Machine screw dies : 1 each, 3 x 48, 
10 x 32, 12 x 24, 14 x 36; 8 each, 4 x 36, 6 x 32, 8 x 32, 10 x 24, 
14 x 20. Carpenter round die set, No. 9 B; Carpenter adjustable 
round dies, No. 2, % to Y in. Two Morse screw plates, A, with 
dies, Y to y 2 in. Tap wrenches: Nichols Nos. 00, o, 1, 2; Morse 
B; 6 Pratt & Whitney, J-6; 2 Wells Bros. No. 1. One Wells 
Bros, lathe die holder, DD. Carpenter pipe taps and dies, y& to 
24 in. Barnes pipe cutter, No. 1. 

Reamers : Pratt & Whitney hand, % to 1 1-16 in. ; Betts 
adjustable hand, ^4 to 7 /s in. ; Cleveland Twist Drill Co.'s fluted 
chucking, *4 to 1 in.; Morse taper, Nos. 1, 2; Morse taper rough- 
ing, 2 each, Nos. 1, 2; Pratt & Whitney taper pin, Nos. o to 6. 
Mandrels: Pratt & Whitney, ^ to 1 in.; Morse, 3 each n-16, $£> 
13-16 in. 

Starrett's tools : 3 scratch gauges, 5 in. ; hermaphrodite cali- 
pers, 3 4-in., 1 6-in. ; inside lock-joint calipers, 6 in. ; outside lock- 
joint calipers, 8 in.; 6 universal bevels; depth gauges, 4 in.; com- 
bination set, 9 in. ; patent double square with bevel blade, 4 in. ; 
level, 12 in. ; 4 hack-saw frames, Nos. 2, 8 in. ; surface gauges, 2 
No. 1, 1 No. 2; high speed indicator, No. 104; lathe test indicator 
No. 65. 

Brown & Sharpe Mfg. Co.'s tools : micrometer calipers 
with friction attachment, 9 No. 19, 1 No. 20, 2 No. 30 ; vernier cal- 

i2g 



Economics of Manual Training. 

iper, 6 in. Eng. and met. ; 2 beveled steel straight edges, 12 in. ; 
standard steel rules, 12 in., 1 No. 1 grad., 1 No. 4 grad. ; hardened 
steel try-square, 6 in. ; key seat rule, 4 in. ; test indicator ; mer- 
cury plumb bob, zYz oz. ; surface plates, 8 — 4Y2 x 6 ins., 1 — 6 x 12 
in. ; standard external and internal cylindrical gauges, % in. ; 2 
gas heaters ; standard screw thread gauges, No. 285. 

Pratt & Whitney caliper gages, Y% to % in. ; 2 Speirs ball 
peen hammers, 12 oz., 4 6 oz. ; 2 small riveting hammers ; steel 
figures, 1-16, 3-32, Ys in. ; steel alphabet, 2-32 in. ; steel stamps, 
M. A. H. S., 1 each 1-16, 3-32, Ys i n - ; soldering set 40-ft. tape; 6 
knurl handles with assorted knurls ; Pratt & Whitney knurling 
tool; Goodell breast drill, No. 6; Miller's Falls hand drill, No. 
5 ; pipe wrench, 18 in. ; Coes wrenches, on each, 6 in., 12 in. ; 4 
rawhide mallets, No. 2; Babbit hammer, No. 2; 2 steel screw 
clamps, 6 in. ; 2 Billings & Spencer steel C clamps, No. 3 ; 2 De- 
count heavy steel clamps, No. 2 ; 2 Besley parallel clamps, 4 in. ; 
Almond turret head, No. 1 ; Pratt and Whitney hollow mills, 1 
each, Ya 5- t 6, H in. ; Vanderbeek handy vises, 2 — 2% in., 1 — 2> Z A 
in., 1 — 6 in. ; Billings & Spencer clamp dogs, 18 60. 1, 4 No. 2, 2 
No. 3 ; Smith friction drill C, with socket wrenches ; Walworth 
brass pipe wrench, Ya m - to l m - 

"The stock-room is furnished with shelves, compart- 
ments, and racks adapted to provide convenient storage 
for the many varieties of supplies, castings, and prepared 
metal stock that are needed by the classes. No pains have 
been spared to provide a convenient place for all of the 
numerous articles used in every department of the school, 
and it is an invariable rule that every article must be kept 
in its proper place. It is deemed as important to estab- 
lish orderly habits as to teach mechanical principles." 

The question of teacher's room, and locker and wash 
room (Fig. 18) is to be considered in connection with the 
machine shop. A cabinet, placed in the teacher's room, or 
in a separate stock room, should be provided for the stor- 
age of the numerous small tools and parts, and also for 
stock. 

The installation of a good type of time-recording 
clock will serve the double purpose of keeping an accurate 
account of the student's class attendance, and also acquaint 
him with a phase of modern shop superintendence. 

130 



Economics of Manual Training. 

Maintenance. 

The average cost per pupil for material, based upon 
returns from several typical schools, is $2.00 to $4.50. 

To this must be added the proportionate part of a 10 
per cent, equipment depreciation dependent on the number 
using the shop. 

Sheet Metal Shop. 

Sheet metal working is sometimes introduced in the 
first years of the high school course. In some of its forms 
it is well adapted to the seventh and eighth grades. 

The work generally consists in the making of bowls, 
trays, vases, boxes, sconces, lamp-shades, and lanterns 
in sheet copper, brass or iron. Some embossing, chasing, 
engraving, and enameling is frequently added. 

If a separate room is equipped for sheet metal work, 
it may be furnished with heavy benches similar to the 
chipping and filing benches of the machine shop (Fig. 
45). A panel of tools for sheet metal work is shown in 
Fig. 46. The tool equipment for a class of twenty-four 
students is as follows : 

24 parallel bench vises at $9.00 $216.00 

12 pitch blocks (cast iron, about 20 lbs.) at $1.00 12.00 

12 leather pads, to hold pitch blocks, at 75 cts 9.00 

24 forming hammers at 75 cts 18.00 

12 planishing hammers at 56 cts 6.72 

6 chasing hammers at So cts 4.80 

12 grooving tools at 13 cts 1.56 

20 chasing tools, of varying sizes, at 25 cts 5.00 

6 pairs of metal nippers at $1.22 7.32 

6 hard wood mallets, at 60 cts 3.60 

1 blow pipe and bellows, No. 9 5- 2 5 

1 blow pipe stand 5- 00 

1 12 gal. acid jar 7 2 

16 short vise anvils at 10 cts 1.60 

16 long vise anvils at 15 cts 2.40 

6 vise stakes at 40 cts 2.40 

4 face plates, 4 x 4 x 1" at 30 cts 1.20 

131 



Economics of Manual Training. 

6 pairs round nose pliers at 20 cts 1.20 

6 pairs flat nose pliers at 20 cts 1.20 

6 scrapers at 18 cts 1 .08 

2 scrapers at 10 cts 20 

6 6-in. flat files at 5 cts 30 

1 hand drill, with assorted drills 1.50 

1 enameling furnace 27.00 

Total cost of tool equipment $335°5 




Fig. 45 Sheet Metal Working Room, Teachers College, New York. 

With the above equipment annealing, embossing, 
chasing, engraving, and enameling can be done, as well as 
the beating-up of bowls, etc. 

Mr. Frank G. Sanford* gives the following equip- 
ment for a class of twenty boys, with which he did suc- 
cessful work with seventh grade boys in the Oak Park, 
111., public schools : 



•"Hammered Metal", The School Arts Book. 

132 



Economics of Manual Training. 

Individual Equipment. 

A bench, or at least a vise, is the first requisite ; then a block 
of hard wood (oak, hickory, iron wood, 12" x 3" x 3") ; a small 
block of steel or iron for riveting (very often these may be 
obtained from the scraps of some foundry at a very small cost. 
They should have at least one flat surface and one right angle and 
ought to be Y-2. inch or not more than ^4 mcn thick) ; a block of 
soft wood, pine or cypress, free from knots, 9" x 12" x 2" ; a pair 
of trimmer's shears, No. 6, cost 30 cts. ; a small brad-set used as a 
rivet punch, 10 cts.; a half round file, medium, 15 cts.; a hard 
wood mallet, 25 cts. (this must be ground off on one end to 
present a rounded or hemi-spherical shape) ; a ball pein hammer, 




Fig. 46. Panel of Sheet Metal Working Tools. 

40 cts. ; a pair of flat pliers, 20 cts. ; a pair of round nose pliers, 
20 cts.; and a small screw driver, 15 cts. 

General Equipment. 

Four pair metal shears, large, cost of each, 50 cts. ; 10 rat- 
tail files, 10 cts each; 5 wood rasps, medium, 15 cts. each; 24 m ch 
steel round head screws ; wire brads, 2od, iod, 6d ; 12 sheets fine 

133 



Economics of Manual Training. 

emery paper; 5 small rivet sets, 20 cts. each; some scraps of soft 
wood ; a roll of soft sheet brass, gauge 23, 12 inches wide, costing 
at wholesale 18 to 20 cts. per lb , or some sheets of soft sheet cop- 
per, gauge 23, costing 20 to 25 cts. per lb. 

Maintenance. 

The cost of maintenance depends upon the amount of 
sheet copper, sheet brass, and sheet iron used, varying 
greatly with the nature of the course. Screws, brads, 
rivets, enamel, and acid form a lesser expense item; $1.50 
per pupil will cover the cost for high school work. 

Mechanical Drawing' Room. 

An analysis of the problem of suitably equipping a 
room for mechanical drawing might resolve itself into a 
consideraion of the following factors : 

General considerations. 
Drafting tables. 
Drafting instruments. 
Models. 
Storage for : — 

Boards. 

Instruments. 

Models. 
Blackboard and furnishings. 
Auxiliary rooms : — 

Teacher's room. 

Dark room. 
Decorations. 

General Considerations. 

Mechanical drawing may begin in the seventh school 
year and may continue through the high school course. 
In the seventh and eighth years it may be made a part 
of the regular shop course. In the consideration of the 
bench equipment for wood- working (page 63) a draft- 
ing kit is given as part of the equipment to meet this 
condition. 

The drafting-room, in common with all drawing 
rooms, should preferably have a northern exposure. The 

134 



Economics of Manual Training. 

light should be well diffused and abundant. If artificial 
light is found necessary, drop lights placed at the upper 
left-hand corner of each table may be provided. Prob- 
ably the best method for lighting the drafting-room is 
with the inverted arc lamp. This method is in general 
use in the schools of Europe. The ceiling and walls of 
the room are whitened and the light from the lamp is 
reflected from them, the direct downward rays being cut 
off by a screen. The result is a soft, diffused light 
throughout the room, casting no shadows. One or two 
lamps will give abundant light for an ordinary sized 
drafting-room. This method of lighting may be used 
with advantage in class-rooms other than those devoted 
to drafting. 

The general considerations regarding the distribution 
of benches, their relation to the source of light, aisle space, 
etc., discussed on pages 56-58, apply with equal force in 
the lay-out of the drafting tables. 

Drafting Table. 

Many school drafting-rooms are equipped with tables 
of special design, made to order. The building of espe- 
cially designed tables was probably occasioned by the 
dearth of suitable tables on the market, other than the 
well-known adjustable type with central iron standard, 
and may also have been influenced by a desire to conform 
more nearly to common commercial practice. At the pres- 
ent, however, the building to order of tables of this type is 
unnecessary as many such have recently been placed upon 
the market to meet this demand. 

These tables form one general class in present use and 

135 



Economics of Manual Training. 

the other class is composed of the adjustable type having 
a central iron standard (Fig. 47). There are many forms 
of the latter class upon the market, equipped with devices 
for raising and lowering, and for tilting the top at various 
angles. They take up a relatively small space. They 
range in price from $5 to about three times this sum. At 



Fig. 47. Mechanical Drawing Room, showing adjustable tables, 
High School, Hartford, Ct. 



the lower price the table is of the simplest construction, not 
even having a tool shelf. A tool shelf is a necessity. The 
cheapest desk having this addition retails at $6.00. Some 
of the more expensive desks of this type are so encum- 
bered with clamps, set screws, and regulating devices, that 
their practicability is seriously impaired. 

136 



Economics of Manual Training. 

Tables of the former class are shown in Figs. 48-51. 

The table shown in Fig. 49 cost $7.50 to build. Draw- 
ers for four sets of instruments are placed under the top, 
but no provision is made for storing the drafting boards 
within the table itself. In the desk shown in Fig. 48, two 
drawers are placed at one side of the table and storage 




Fig. 48. Mechanical Drawing Room, showing table with drawers, 
Pratt Institute, Brooklyn, N. Y. 



for one board is afforded directly beneath the top. Fig. 
50 represents a practical table that is supplied on the 
market at $11.00 It has ample drawer space for two 
students and also accommodates two boards. Fig. 51 
shows a type of self-contained drafting table affording 

137 



Economics of Manual Training. 




Fig. 49. Drafting Table Manual Training School, 
Springfield, Mass. 



36 ' 

\ Drawer with two compartments 
each /£ x 18 x 3 " in5ide 



30" 



23± Working 



sp, 






^ 



ESSi 



b 

g 



F ~f 

I 

I 



■£ 



k 



Js pine Top shellaced \ 



7U? 



rai/5 

Cat/ net for Drawing 

Boards, will hold boarJs 
22*28' 



A K-*- 



-rrr 



Fig. 50. Drafting Table. 

T3S 



Economics of Manual Training. 

accommodation for nine students and especially designed 
for high school work. It is so arranged that every pupil 
who occupies the table has an individual drawer in which 
to keep note-book, pencils, etc., and also an individual set 
of instruments, if provided. He also has a section in the 
closet for his drawing board. All tools, ink, etc., used in 
common are kept in the drawer over the closet. This plan 
makes it not only possible for a student to find the entire 
equipment at his table, but allows him plenty of working- 
room around the board. Each drawer and door is sup- 
plied with a Yale lock. The top is of white pine, 48"x24", 
and the table is 41 in. high. The building of the table 
solid to the floor makes it easy to sweep around. This 
table lists at $30.00. A high stool may be provided for 
each table. Rubber tips, as shown in Fig. 47, will 
materially lessen the noise incident to moving the chairs 

about. 

Instruments. 

Each student should have the following equipment : 
drawing board, compasses, with needle point, pen, pencil, 
and lengthening bar, drawing pen, T square, two tri- 
angles, scroll, scale, thumb tacks, bottle of liquid India 
ink, pencil and ink eraser, and a hard and a soft pencil. A 
suitable outfit covering all the above items may be had 
for $5.00. The school may supply the entire outfit exclu- 
sive of ink and pencils, or it may supply only the board 
and T square, requiring the student to provide the 
remainder. Under public school conditions the latter 
plan is hardly permissible. Another arrangement some- 
times resorted to is to provide the T square, two triangles, 
scroll, and scale for each table to be used in common by 
the different students occupying the table, and to provide 
sets of the remaining instruments for individual use. The 

139 



Economics of Manual Training. 

board should be about 16 x 20 inches. For advanced 
work, necessitating larger drawings, 22 x 28 inches. It 
should be of pine, about 24~in. in thickness, and have 
cleats, either at the ends or beneath, to prevent warping. 
The triangles should be preferably of celluloid; a 9-in. 
45 triangle and an 11-in. 30°-6o° triangle. The T square 




Fig. 51. Drafting Table. 

should have a 24-in. blade. The scale may be a 12-in. 
flat, box-wood one, graduated to 1-16 in. the entire length 
of one edge and for quarter and eighth scales on the other 
edge. The triangular architect's scale is frequently used 
on account of the variety of scales it provides. Only the 
best ruling pen procurable should be provided ; 4^ in. is 

In choosing a compass and its acces- 



a serviceable length 



140 



Economics of Manual Training. 

sories all brass and highly polished instruments should 
not be considered. These are inferior tools. Select a 
medium-priced, German silver instrument, of dull finish, 
that shows plainly its honest construction. A 5^ in. com- 
pass of this kind, with its different parts, should cost 
about $2.00. 

Models. 

A plentiful supply of models should be provided. 
These may include type solids, models of constructive 
details in wood, pulleys, couplings and other shafting 
details, wrenches, bolts and nuts, valves, and parts of 
machines. One or two bench lathes or a small engine make 
admirable drawing models. 

The wood-working shops, as well as the other shops, 
may be levied upon for contributions in this line. 

Storage. 
Boards. 

The drafting boards may be stored in the tables, as 
shown above, or a separate cabinet may be provided. The 
construction of such a cabinet is simple. It may be of a 
height so that the upper board is within easy reach. Par- 
titions placed at the widths of the boards should have 
cleats screwed to the sides as supports upon which to slide 
the boards. The cleats are placed far enough apart to 
permit free play for each board. Each stack of boards 
should be covered in front by a sliding door or a roller 
curtain. 

Instruments. 



The instruments may be stored in the tables, as 
shown above, or in separate drawers arranged in a cab- 
inet. These drawers may be 6 in. wide by 12 in. long, and 
of a depth sufficient to allow for the ink bottle. They 



141 



Economics of Manual Training. 

should be provided with individual locks, and a master 

key for the teacher's use. The T squares may be stored 

on top of the drawing boards, or hung on the sides of the 

table. 

Models. 

The board and instrument cabinets may have cases, 

with shelving, placed above them for the storage of 

models. 

Blackboards. 

A slate board, lightly scratched over its entire sur- 
face with vertical and horizontal lines one inch apart, will 
be found of service for making demonstration drawings. 
Extra large wooden triangles, a three-foot wooden 
sraight edge, and a pair of blackboard compasses may be 
hung beneath the board. If room permits, demonstration 
seats may be placed before the blackboard, as described 
above for the wood-working shop. 

Auxiliary Rooms. 
Teacher's Room. 

A room 8 x 10 may be reserved for the teacher's 
use. Besides a desk, chairs and book-case, it may have a 
case of drawers or a cabinet for the storage of paper, 
drawings and blue prints. 
Dark Room. 

A dark room, for the making of blue-prints and for 
other photographic uses, is a desirable adjunct to the 
drafting room. Provision should be made for the com- 
plete darkening of the room, and the walls and ceiling 
should be of a dull black. If blue printing alone is done, 
the darkening provision is not necessary. A sink is part 
of the equipment. If large blue prints are made, a large 
shallow wooden trough, for washing the prints, should be 
installed. Also a printing frame, on rollers, and a track 

142 



Economics of Manual Training. 

extending beyond the window should be provided. If the 
prints to be made are limited in size to about 18 x 24 in., 
ordinary printing frames will suffice. 

All of these furnishings are supplied by many of the 
manufacturers of drafting instruments, and are fully 
described in their catalogues. 

Decorations. 

The walls of the drafting room may be hung with 
framed pictures of locomotives, large machine tools, and 
shop blue-prints of machinery. These later are especially 
suggestive to the students in showing actual commercial 
practice. Many manufacturers willingly furnish prints 
for this purpose. Blue-prints, from the U. S. Navy 
Department, of modern battleships, also form an accept- 
able decoration for a drafting room. 

A small book-case supplied with standard books on 
drafting, and allied subjects, and with trade catalogues, is 
also a desirable addition. 

The following estimate is for a $500.00 equipment : 

24 drafting tables at $8.00 $212.00 

24 drafting boards at 75 cts 18.00 

24 complete sets of instruments and tools at $5 120.00 

Instrument and drawing board case 40.00 

Case for storage of drawings, etc 40.00 

Blackboard furnishings 20.00 

Various drawing models 50.00 

Total cost of equipment $500.00 

Maintenance. 

A good quality of drawing paper (preferably of a 
light buff color) costs one cent a sheet, 11 x 15 in. Allow- 
ing for waste, this brings the cost per pupil to between 50 
cts. and 75 cts. An average from the reports received 
gives 63 cts. per pupil as the cost for maintenance. 

Sewing Room. 

Sewing in the earlier grades has been dealt with on 

143 



Economics of Manual Training. 

pages 34-37. The sewing in the upper grades may be 
conducted in a special room as shown in Fig. 52. The 
equipment may be a modification of the high school equip- 
ment to suit grade requirements. 

The work of the high school usually consists in the 
drafting and making of garments. 

I. Comprehensive equipment . 

(1) Drafting and Dressmaking room for class of 
fifteen girls : 

8 tables 60.00 

Mirror $15 to 20.00 

Pedestal 6.50 

Screen 8.00 

1 gas stove, 3 burners 5.00 

Connections to stove 2.00 

8 irons — 4 heavy and 4 long narrow 2.00 

Wardrobe $25 to 40.00 

15 chairs 30.00 

15 high stools 7.50 

Clothes tree 3-5° 

5 sewing machines $150 to 275.00 

4 ironing boards 4.00 

Board for curved seams .90 

15 boxes for materials 1.05 

Paper roll holder 5.00 

18 yard sticks 4.28 

18 tape measures .83 

18 scissors 5.25 

3 bust forms 1.50 

2 skirt forms 6.00 

$338.31 to $483.31 

(2) Sewing room — to accommodate 30 pupils: 

Roll front case for materials for 90 pupils 50.00 

Tables to accommodate 30 pupils $30 to 80.00 

30 chairs 60.00 

30 footstools 60.00 

36 boxes (6 large and 30 small) 4.20 

Demonstration frame 2.00 

$206.20 to $256.20 
Total cost of equipment I $544-51 to $74951 

II. Cheaper equipment for 15 in dressmaking and 

144 



Economics of Manual Training. 



30 in sewing. Dressmaking and sewing room combined: 

8 tables, 5-foot kitchen $22.56 

(An even less expensive table arrangement 
may be obtained of boards supported on saw- 
horses, when the two kinds of work are prac- 
ticed in the same room. A convenient plan for 
the dressmaking tables is to have these hinged 
to the wall, so as to drop down when not in 
use.) 




Fig. 52. Dressmaking Room, Pratt Institute High School, Brooklyn, N. Y. 

30 chairs @ $7.50 per doz. 18.75 

1 stove (3 burners) and tubing 3-75 

6 irons I -50 

4 ironing boards • 3°° 

Wardrobe $5-00 to 20.00 

Mirror I200 

4 sewing machines $ 120 to 220.00 

Screen 3-00 

18 yard sticks 4-2» 

33 scissors (3 of them buttonhole) 9-40 

6 large boxes @ .35 2I0 

145 



Economics of Manual Training. 



30 small boxes @ .07 



2.10 



Total cost of equipment II $323-04 

Maintenance. 

Average cost of maintenance for the work in the high 
school, if the pupils furnish their own garment materials, 
is about twelve cents per pupil. 

Coohing Laboratory. 

Cooking is very often taught in the seventh and 
eighth grades and in the high school. A specially 
equipped room is required. 



tv -> r,_,t,» 




nnn 




L 




] 


c 




5 


c 




i 


c 

_£ 




] 
i_ 


| *<» | 



^Uo 


1 




-1* 


1 1 




1 


3 




D.n.„ 9 



3 



] 



c= 



o 



Q 



n 



do rH 



[SD 



Fig- 53- Plan showing Horseshoe Arrange- 
ment of Cooking Tables. 



\ 



lf'i/e6ocd 



=,\=J| 



L 



Fig. 54. Plan showing Group 

Arrangement of Cooking 

Tables. 



In laying out a cooking equipment provision should 
be made for a kitchen equipment, a dining room equip- 
ment and a store room. 

Kitchen Equipment. 
The tables used for cooking should be from 30 in. to 
33^2 in. in height, according to height of pupils, and 

146 



Economics of Manual Training. 

should provide 25 in. to 33 in. width for each pupil, 
according to size. The tables may be arranged in the 
laboratory in the form of a continuous horseshoe, in par- 
allel lines or as single tables. (Figs. 53 to 59, inclusive.) 
Shelves, drawers and cupboards are provided in the body 
of the tables for the storage of utensils and materials. 

The materials used for covering the tops are various, 
including wood, plain and metal-covered, slate, marble, 
and tile. Of these, unglazed, vitrified white tile laid over 
asphalted paper and bound at the table edge by a metal 
strip is perhaps the best, although somewhat expensive. 

Arrangements for individual cooking either in the 
form of single or double-burner gas stoves or stands with 
Bunson burners are provided where not prohibited on 
account of cost. When gas is not available, a reliable 
single-burner oil stove may be used for each pupil. 

The specifications for the cooking tables of the New 
York City schools are as follows : 

"The contractor shall furnish all material and labor 
required to make cooking tables, as shown on the detailed 
drawings and as hereinafter described, to be delivered and 
set in position at such times and at such locations or 
schools as may be specified by the Superintendent of 
School Supplies. 

"For convenience in handling, each bench shall be 
built in nine separate sections or units, each unit contain- 
ing two drawers and two closets. The ends and backs of 
units, also the doors to closets, shall be paneled, the frame- 
work mortised and tenoned together, and the panels 
tongued into grooves in the stiles and rails. 

"The drawers shall be dovetailed in front, but the 
backs may be tongued and grooved together. 

"The tops of benches shall be of narrow boards, well 

147 



Economics of Manual Training. 

joined, doweled and glued together, and secured to the top 
rail of units by wood or metal buttons, which shall permit 
the tops to go and come without breaking the glue joints. 

"The doors shall be hung on i^xi^ in. rolled brass 
butts, and be secured by bronzed iron cupboard catches 
and mortise tumbler locks, with i 1 /^ in. back set, each lock 
to have a key, and one key to pass all door locks. 

''Drawers shall have bronzed iron pulls screwed on, 
and tumbler locks, each lock to have a key, and one key to 
pass all drawer locks. Every keyhole shall be finished 
with a suitable bronzed iron escutcheon screwed on. 

"All exposed parts of benches shall be made of clear 
dry maple, of a uniform color and free from dark streaks 
or spots ; the interior may be of any sound wood, prefer- 
ably of maple, and all must be thoroughly dry. 

"The tops of benches shall be treated with two coats 
of white shellac; the balance of exposed parts, also the 
edges and backs of doors, shall be treated with one coat 
of white shellac and one flowing coat of varnish, all sand- 
papered between coats. 

"Contractor will be responsible for the material at the 
respective locations until accepted by the Superintendent 
of School Supplies." 

The table shown in Fig. 59 is listed by a manufac- 
turer of manual training benches at $22.00. 

Table equipments for fifteen pupils, ranging in cost 
from $30 to $500 are as follows : 

Table for fifteen pupils, with drawers for provisions and 
materials ; cupboard, closed with roll-front, sliding board, 
and tiled top made of quartered oak, about $500.00 

Table for fifteen pupils, with one drawer for each pupil, 
made of Georgia pine, white pine or stained whitewood, 
from $150 to 250.00 

Kitchen tables may be used where funds are extremely lim- 
ited, but are not advisable ; about 30.00 

Individual stove equipment for tables $25.00 to 75.00 

Coal or gas ranges 14.00 to 32.00 

148 



Economics of Manual Training. 

Utensils. 
The prices quoted are subject to a considerable dis- 
count in purchasing by the dozen. 

Two for Each Pupil. 

Bowl, i pint, earthen or granite $ -o6 

Teaspoon, nickel or aluminum J i 

Towel, i yard long, crash l6 

$ -33 
One for Each Pupil. 

Baking-dish, I quart, earthen or granite $.08 

Bowl, 4-quart, earthen or granite 20 

Bread-board, small, wood 20 

Dish-cloth or mop • I0 

Egg-beater, medium, wire or iron I0 

Frying-pan, small, iron J 5 

Kitchen-fork, steel, wood handle °5 

" knife, " " " °5 

Mat, 8 inches square, linoleum 

Pepper-shaker, glass I0 

Plate, granite or tin T 5 

Salt-shaker, glass l0 

Salt-spoon, bone °5 

Saucepan, with cover, 1 pint, granite I8 

Tablespoon, nickel or aluminum 

Vegetable brush, small, wood back °5 

Vegetable knife, steel, wood handle I0 

Measuring-cup, l / 2 pint, block tin -™ 

$i-95 
One for Each Two Pupils. 

Biscuit-cutter, block tin.... $ -°° 

Bread-pan, medium, block tin T 7 

Collander, medium, block tin # l J 

Double boiler, 1 or T / 2 pint, block tin or granite 50 

Flour dredger, block tin *° 

" sifter (revolving handle), block tin 22 

Grater, medium, block tin ™ 

Nutmeg grater, block tin 

Potato-masher, wire, wood handle og 

Rolling-pin, wood 

Scrubbing brush, large, wood 

Skimmer, small, block tin ^ 

Strainer, medium, block tin 

Teapot, 1 pint, earthen (Japanese) y 

Thermometer " ' ~ 75 

$3-01 
149 



Economics of Manual Training. 




can tf€ mcreosed 



rr= -— = 



"=fl 



r 



-"ii 



lt«; 



il 
ji H 

n n 



'i ii 

■i i, 

1 1 ii 

1J^^ JU-_-_-_-Li 



= =il 
1 1 
ii 



i, 



1 r 
i ' 



u!____^___Li 



r r -= = ="-fi 



-- = = i i 



li-_- = -_ 



l- - - -r"J 



1 



J______ -JL.. - -±j 



Fig. 



55. Plan of Continuous Cooking Table, Teachers' College, New York* 

77/. g 75/» 




Fig. 56. Detail of Fig. 55. 
I50 



Economics of Manual Training. 




Fig. 57. Cooking Laboratory, Horseshoe Arrangement, High School, 

Hartford, Ct. 



■■■■""■■■■mi 




Fig. 58. Laboratory with Group Tables, Manual Training High School, 

Indianapolis, Ind. 

151 



Economics of Manual Training. 



Three or Four for a Class of Twelve. 

Applc-corer, block tin $ .05 

Chopping-knife, steel .50 

tray, wood 40 

Coffee-pot, 1 quart, granite or tin 35 

Japanned tray, medium .45 

Mixing spoon, large, wood .05 

Muffin pan, 12 in a pan, block tin .15 

Pitcher, 1, 2, and 3 quarts, earthen .36 

$2.31 
Two for a Class of Twelve. 

Cake pan, medium, block tin $ .25 

Double boiler, 3 pints, granite 1.14 

Griddle, medium, soapstone 1.12 




Fig. 59. Cooking Table. 

Griddle cake turner, iron 10 

Kettle, 6 quarts, granite 1.86 

Lemon squeezer, glass 1.05 

Saucepan, 2 quarts, granite 69 

Strainer, 3 pints, block tin 25 

Toaster, wire ' .10 



$6.56 



152 



Economics of Manual Training. 



One for a Class of Twelve. 

Bread knife $ .50 

Can opener 10 

Coffee mill 1.12 

Corkscrew ,io 

Egg beater (Dover), large, iron 10 

Fruit jars, 1 dozen, 1 quart, glass 1 12 

1 pint, " 75 

Frying-kettle, large, iron 1.82 

Funnel, medium, block tin 15 

Ice-cream freezer (Packer's standard), 3 quarts 2.25 

Jelly glasses, 1 dozen 50 

Knife sharpener .55 




Fig. 60. China Closet for Cooking Laboratory. 

Earding needle 

Measure, 1 quart, block tin 

1 pint ;' " 

Meat broiler, medium, iron 

" knife 



.2Q 
.20 
•05 
•50 
.2a 



153 



Economics of Manual Training. 

Pot chain 

Pudding mold, 3 pints, block tin 

Scales, to 10 pounds 2 

Skimmer, large, tin 

Steamer, medium, block tin 

Tea-kettle, large, iron, granite, or aluminum 



07 

30 

25 
10 

55 
50 



$13.98 
Utensils for Housework. 

Blacking brush $ .05 

Broom .25 

Cheese-cloth duster .10 

Dust brush 10 

Dust pan .15 

Floor brush .75 

Lamp cloths .10 

Mop 25 

Pail, indurated fibre .27 

Scrubbing brush 24 

Whisk broom .10 

Window cloths, etc .10 



$2.46 
Store Room Equipment. 

Bread cloths $ .10 

6 crocks, large, earthen 2.40 

6 " medium, " 2.00 

4 flour pails, wood 2.00 

Ice bag, 1 yard, duck .15 

1 dozen jelly glasses, with covers -3° 

6 2-quart Mason jars, for coffee, etc., glass 1.20 

Strainers, 5 yards, cheese-cloth -25 

1 yard, flannel 20 

Cupboards, for provisions, utensils, and dishes. .$20.00 to 50.00 
Refrigerator, medium size, to fit available space. .$15.00 to 20.00 

$43.60 to $78.60 

Dining Room Equipment. 

Canton flannel cloth 

1 dining-table and 6 chairs $20.00 to 32.00 

2 tablecloths and napkins 10.00 

Enough dishes for setting table and serving a simple meal 10.00 

(It is advisable to buy dishes that come in 
"open stock," for if any are broken, they can be 
easily replaced. If setting of the table is not 
taught, a few dishes for the pupils will answer 
the purpose ; say, for each, a cup, a saucer, and 
plate; and 4 vegetable dishes, 2 bread plates, and 
2 platters.) 

154 



Economics of Manual Training. 

Knives, forks, spoons, glasses, etc 20.00 

$60.00 to $72.00 
(If a sideboard is added, the cost would be 
about $28.00 additional.) 

The china closet shown in Fig. 60 is furnished by a 
dealer in manual training supplies for $60.00. The upper 
part has sliding glass doors and adjustable shelves. The 
lower part may have drawers. 

Summary of cost of equipment to accommodate 

twelve pupils at a time : 

Tables with cupboards, etc., stools, stoves, range, and 

sink $55o.oo to $650.00 

Utensils ( as per detailed statement) 85.87 

Store room equipment $43-6o to 78.60 

Dining-room equipment $60.00 to 72.00 

Total cost of equipment $739-47 to $886.47 

On pages 96-98 is given the detailed equipment of 
the cooking laboratories at Evanston, 111. 

Maintenance. 

The cost of maintenance for cooking, based upon 
individual work ranges from 2^/1 cts to 5 cts. per capita 
per lesson. From 3 to 3^2 cts. is a fair average, and an 
allowance of 5 cts. per capita per lesson is liberal. 

Laundry. 

Few schools have a laundry equipment. The cost 
of equipping and maintaining a laundry in connection 
with school work is here given in order that the subject 
of this book may be covered as fully as possible. 

The work may be given in the same room as that 
used by the class in cooking, or a separate room may be 
fitted up. In the latter case stationary tubs may be used 
in place of the portable ones. To these must also be added 
a laundry stove, water-heating arrangement, and suitable 

i55 



Economics of Manual Training. 

plumbing. In the former case there should be a large 
closet provided for the storage of tubs, etc. About the 
walls of this closet there should be shelves for the work 
of the class. The following estimate is based on the plan 
of having the laundry work done under conditions involv- 
ing a minimum expenditure of space and money : 

Equipment for Class of Eight Pupils. 

Large fibre tub $ .83 

Double boiler, for starch 1.03 

Tea-kettle , .97 

12 small fibre tubs 7.20 

Small fibre pail .20 

Granite soap cooker .65 

Yellow earthenware bowl, 1 quart .12 

" 2 quarts .16 

" 4 " •• .25 

8 yellow earthenware bowls, 1 quart .40 

2 tin measuring cups 20 

6 tablespoons .48 

6 teaspoons .30 

Knife 10 

Wooden spoon .05 

100 feet of clothes line .90 

Clothes pins .10 

Towel roller .10 

Skirt board covers 

10 yards unbleached cotton cloth .80 

4 cotton felting, 54 inches 2.00 

t yard white flannel .40 

Safety pins .25 

3 roller towels (7 l /2 yards linen toweling) .88 

Dish pan, 14 quarts 63 

Universal wringer, large 4.25 

2 universal wringers, small 5.00 

Tin dipper .20 

Oval clothes basket 1.25 

" boiler 1.25 

6 4-foot benches 5.40 

8 4^2-foot skirt boards, with adjustable supports 12.00 

8 small wash-boards, two-thirds usual size 3.00 

2 clothes-horses (4 feet high, 4 folds) 1.76 

Fringe brush .63 

3 soft bmshes 1.14 

3 whisk brooms, for sprinkling .54 

156 



Economics of Manual Training. 

4 flat irons, 7 pounds 2. 20 

5 2.56 

8« a . « 
4 320 

4 " " 3 ." 1.40 

(Cheaper irons may be had at 4 cents per pound.) 

8 Troy polishers 3.60 

8 iron stands .40 

8 " holders (asbestos) 32 

Total cost of equipment $69.10 

Maintenance. 

3 dozen boxes of soap $ 1.50 

Starch 30 

Bluing 25 

Beeswax .40 

Borax 20 

Ammonia 20 

White vine vinegar 10 

Salt 05 

Total cost of maintenance $3.00 

Cost per pupil, 37}^ cents. 



157 



Economics of Manual Training. 




Fig. 61. Rindge Manual Training School, Cambridge, Mass. 



The Manual Training 
Building. 

▼ T T 

In order to supplement the foregoing detailed infor- 
mation regarding the equipping of the various shops, and 
also by way of suggestion for the general planning of the 
relation of a group of shops and other class rooms, a 
number of floor plans of manual training schools are here 
given. Aside from the building in which the makeshift 
plan is followed of having the shops occupy such space in 

15s 



Economics of Manual Training. 

the general arrangement as is most expedient and con- 
venient without special regard to isolation, there may be 
said to be two distinctive plans followed in designing a 
manual training building. The first calls for a separate 
building especially designed for shop purposes and con- 
taining no recitation rooms, either located within easily 




CRawimC ROOm 
5i» 33 



OHawinC ROOM 
42.25 



\ 




SUPPLY 
ROOM 



EL 



Fig. 62. Plan of Rindge Manual Training School, Cambridge, Mass. 

accessible distance from the main building or connect- 
ing herewith, and the other calls for a building espe- 
cially designed for a manual training school and contain- 
ing recitation rooms as well as shops, the latter so 
designed (generally in wings) as to secure the greatest 
amount of light and at the same time to minimize the 
efYects of noise. 

Types of the former class are the Rindge Manual 



159 



Economics of Manual Training. 

Training School, Cambridge, Mass. (Figs. 61-62), and 
the Chicago Manual Training School (Figs. 66-69), an<L l 
of the latter class the Mechanic Arts High School, Bos- 
ton, Mass. (Fig. 65), and the Manual Training High 
School, Kansas City, Mo. (Figs. 63-64). The arrange- 
ment of manual training rooms in a Normal School is 
shown in Fig. 71. 

If power is to be produced on the premises, the 
engine and boiler room may occupy a separate one-story 
building or may be installed in the basement, as shown in 
Figs. 63, 65 and 70. If electric power and light is also to 
be produced, the dynamos are installed in the engine 
room. Power may be had from motors driven by the 
street current. The most up-to-date equipment in the 
line of electric power installation may be found in the new 
Manual Training High School of the Borough of Brook- 
lyn, where all overhead shafting is eliminated by having 
every machine driven by an individual motor. The rest 
of the equipment of this remarkable school is quite in 
keeping with the above item, as may be gathered from the 
following summary of the number of shops and labora- 
tories : 

"There are forty class rooms in the building, four 
shops for elementary wood work, one shop for wood turn- 
ing and pattern-making, one for sheet metal work, a print- 
ing shop to accommodate thirty workmen, a machine 
shop, a blacksmith shop, a book bindery, four shops for 
plain garment work, rooms for the study of domestic sci- 
ence, including two kitchens, laundry, bedroom, dining 
room, pantry and infirmary. There are four mechanical 
draughting rooms, four free-hand drawing rooms, two 
zoology laboratories, two botanical laboratories, one phy- 
sical laboratory, one chemical laboratory, one advanced 

160 



Economics of Manual Training. 

chemical laboratory for the study of assaying and metal- 
lurgy ; one laboratory for the study of advanced physics, 
including steam and electrical engineering and an electric 
laboratory." 

Attention is called to the one-story shop plan of the 
Chicago Manual Training School (Figs. 66-69). The 
one-story arrangement permits of the doing away with 
supporting pillars, eliminates the evils incident to the 
vibration caused by machinery, isolates the noise so as to 
minimize this annoyance to the recitation rooms, permits 
of easy trucking between shops, and affords a maximum 
of light and air. The method of lighting is the partic- 
ularly unique feature of these shops. The method of 
factory lighting, so long popular in Europe, and known as 
the "saw-tooth" system, has been utilized. The sky-lights 
are made with the north slope steeper than the angle made 
by the sun's rays with the ground in the summer, and 
with the south slope opaque. The result is that the 
benches receive a maximum of diffused north light. Win- 
dows are also placed in the north wall to break what might 
otherwise be a somewhat cheerless aspect of four walls. 

The disadvantage attaching to the use of one-story 
shops is believed to be confined to large cities where the 
high price of land would hardly justify so limited an 
edifice. 

In the original edition of this book a list of books 
dealing with the methods and practice of manual training 
was incorporated. The need for including such a list has 
since been rendered questionable by the publication of the 
admirable and complete "Bibliography of Manual Train- 
ing," by Mr. Arthur H. Chamberlain, wherein is tabulated 
not only the books on "Method and Practice," but also 
on the "Theory of Manual Training," as well as an 

161 



Economics of Manual Training. 

exhaustive list of magazine articles and also of American 
and foreign periodicals devoted to manual training. As 
a large part of the best manual training literature of the 
past few years has been in the form of contributions to 
periodicals, this ''finding list" will be the more appre- 
ciated. 

In writing this book, unique in its field, the attempt 
has been made to have it eminently practical and of real 
assistance to those to whom it is addressed. For obvious 
reasons it was impossible to give in the text the names of 
dealers, or to distinguish between the products of various 
manufacturers. On the other hand it was recognized 
that information as to where to purchase might be of 
much practical aid. It was therefore decided to admit 
a "Purchaser's Finding List," giving a somewhat com- 
plete list of representative dealers in the various materials 
used in equipping and maintaining manual training work. 
Such a list will be found in the succeeding pages. 



162 





Fig. 63. Plan of Manual Training High School, Kansas City, Mo, 

163 





Fig. 64. Plan of Manual Training High School, Kansas City, Mo. 

164 




m m m m cd 
1 m 03 m m m [fr I » « 



aSccO/7C/ F~/0Q 




B9Q9 



m 



, f 



Bgeg| li 1 DDDQDD 
3 gaBB 1 -^ aMLUDp |~f-| 

Q D Q □ D D U 

DODDDD LT 



BB BQ E3S BB 

►A1TCBN WO*m 

BQ BBBb BB 
BB BB BB BB 




7h/rc/ f~/oor 




Fig. 65. Plan of Mechanic Arts High School, Boston, Mass. 

165 




Fig. 66. The New Building of the Chicago Manual Training School. 




Fig. 67. Pattern Shop Chicago Manual Training School, showing Distribution 
of Light from Saw-Tooth Roof. 

166 




o 
o 

.c 
u 
tc 

bo 

a 



o 
be 
« 

a 

a 
,2 

>> 

i» 
o 

*-» 



be 



167 




o 

o 

u 

02 

be 

c 



Hi 

>, 

Ih 

o 
02 

tl 

ic 

H 

a 

CS 

-a 

B 
O 
O 

02 



be 



168 




170 



Contents. 



Clay Modeling. 

Clay— Disinfecting— Porcelain Clay— Plastic Clay— Fire 
Clay— Substitutes— Storage— Modeling Boards— Work 
Tables— Tools— Models— Kiln— Potter's Wheel— Cost. 12-21 
Cardboard and Paper Work. 

Scissors— Cost— Paste— Paper and Cards— Supplies 21-27 

Weaving. 

Paper— Yarn and Rags— Looms— Materials— Raffia— Rat- 
tan— Reeds— Straw— Baskets— Grasses— Cord Work. .27-33 

Sewing. 

Tools— Cost 34-37 

Bent Iron Work. 

Equipment — Materials — Tools — Cost — Examples of 

Work 37-42 

Knife Work. 

Desk Protection— Whittling Trays— Knives— Tools- 
Storage— Examples of Work— Cost— Materials 42-48 

Bench Work in Wood. 

Teachers— Shoproom for this work— Lighting Wash 
rooms— Storage— Teacher's room— Layout— Benches- 
Demonstration — Seats — Blackboard — Glue — Metal 
work— Display— Storage— Bulletins— Lumber— Nails-- 

S cr e W s — Blue prints— Lockers— Tools— Cost— Carv- 

48-90 

mg 4 ^ 

Manual Training Centers. 

Separate buildings— Cost of buildings and equipment- 
Supplies— Cost per pupil— Laboratory— Cooking uten- 
sils—Wood working 91-99 

The High School. 

Joiner shop— Wood turning and pattern making- 
Lathes— Individual tools— General tools— Drawing 
tables— Work benches— Cost 100-1 13 

Foundry. 

Furnace— Ladles— Flasks— Troughs— Core oven— Cost, n 3- no 

171 



Contents. 

Forge Shop. 

Forges — Anvils — Lockers — Lavatories — Buildings — 

Tools — Coal — Material — Cost 116-121 

Machine Shop. 

Bench work — Equipment — Machine work — Machine 
tools — Lathe tools — Small tools — Forge shop — Stock 
room — Sheet metal 121-134 

Mechanical Drawing. 

General considerations — Tables — Instruments — Models 

Storage — Blackboards — Auxiliary rooms 134-143 

Sewing Room. 

Equipment — Rooms — Machines — Material 143-146 

Cooking Laroratory. 

Kitchen equipment — Utensils — Cooking table — Cost — 

Stove room — Dining room 146-153 

Laundry. 

Equipment — Utensils — Supplies — Cost 1 53-157 

Manual Training Building. 

Plans — Power — Light— Class rooms — Machinery — Saw 

tooth roofs 158-170 

Schools. 

Armour Institute, Chicago, 111 113 

Baltimore Polytechnic Institute 82 

Berkeley, New York 83 

Boston, Mass 8-36-67-100-111-119-126-165 

Bradley Polytechnic Institute 66 

Brookline, Mass 169 

Brooklyn, N. Y 8-103-114-117-137-145 

Buffalo, N. Y 21-25-38-41-42 

Cambridge, Mass 8-158-160 

Carlstadt, N. J 82 

Carthage, Mo 82 

Chicago, 111 15-28-82-161-165-167-170 

Cleveland, 36-82-91-92 

Columbus, Ga 72-82 

Concord, Mass 82 

Ethical Culture, New York 54 

Evanston, 111 93"95-i55 

Hampton Institute 82 

Hartford 123-136-107 

172 



Contents. 

Schools. 

Horace Mann, New York 36-39 

Indianapolis, Ind 7-27-37-151 

Kansas City, Mo 8-12-160-163-164 

Lewiston, Me 83 

Lewis Institute, Chicago 112 

Lincoln, 111 71 

Los Angeles, Calif 82 

Mann, New York 36-39 

McKinley, St. Louis 7 

Mechanic Arts, Boston 100-111-119-126-165 

Menominee, Wis 118 

Milton, Mass 83 

Minneapolis, Minn 36-82 

Montclair, N. J 17-82 

Natick, Mass 83 

Newark, N. J 82 

New York, N. Y 8-53-88-132-147-150 

Oak Park, 111 132 

Ontario, Canada 80 

Pratt Institute, Brooklyn 1 14-1 17-137-145 

Red Bank, N. J 82 

Rindge, Cambridge, Mass 8-158-159 

Rochester, N. Y 100 

Springfield, 111 82 

St. Louis, Mo 7 

Sterling, 111 70 

Syracuse, N. Y 37 

Teachers' College, New York 132-150 

Toledo, Ohio 82 

Wade Park, Cleveland, Ohio 9i"9 2 

Washington, D. C 35 

Westbrook, Me 52 

Yearman, St. Louis 7 

Personal References. 

Chamberlin, Arthur H 23-161 

Holland, Anna M 13-18 

Jones, Geo. W 33 

Leake, Albert H 80 

Patterson, Jessie 34 

173 



Contents. 

Personal References. 

Pierce, Frank H 43 

Sanford, Frank G 3 2 7 

Seegmiller, Wilhemina 27 

Smith, Clarence J 62 

Unwin, Hermione T 3 

Upton, Daniel 4* 

Valentine, E. L • 65 



174 



Purchasers' Finding List 

of makers of tools and supplies for Manual Training 
.Work. Any of these people will be pleased to 
send catalogues and afford full information. 

ABRASIVE MATERIALS. 

Chicago Wheel & M'f'g Co., 47 W. Randolph St., Chicago, 111. 
Pike M'f'g Co Pike, N. H. 

ANGLE BENDERS. 

Estep & Dolan Sandwich, 111. 

ANNEALING FURNACES— GAS. 

American Gas Furnace Co. New York. 

ARBOR PRESSES. 

Edwin E. Bartlett Boston, Mass. 

ARTISTS' AND DRAFTSMEN'S MATERIALS. 

American Drafting Furniture Co Rochester, N. Y. 

Chandler & Barber Hoston, Mass 

Eugene Dietzgen Co Chicago-New York. 

F. W. Devoe & C. T. Raynolds Co New York, 

E. H. Fredericks .• New York. 

Hlrshberg Art Co Baltimore, Md. 

Keuffel & Esser Co. : . New York. 

Economy Drawing Table Co Toledo, O. 

E. G. Ruehle & Co New York. 

Semples' White Company New York. 

Henry M. Taws Phila., Pa. 

F. Webei\.& Co Phila., Pa. 

Winsor & Newton, Ltd New York. 

ASSAYING FURNACES— GAS. 

American Gas Furnace Company New York. 

AUGERS AND AUGER BITS. 

Chandler & Barber Boston, Mass 

Hammacher, Schlemmer & Co New York. 

C. E. Jennings & Co New* York. 

Russell & Erwin Co New York. 

AUGERS— HOLLOW. 

Russell & Erwin Co , New York. 

BAKING POWDER. 

Egg Baking Powder Co New York. 

BAKERS' UTENSILS. 

F. M. Bower Co New \ ork. 

BALANCES. 

Wm. Ainsworth & Sons Denver, Colo. 

BAROMETERS. 

Wm. Ainsworth &. Sons Denver, Colo. 

BELLOWS. 

Buffalo Dental M'f'g Co Buffalo, N. Y. 

BELTING— LEATHER. 

Champion Saw & Gas Engine Co Beaver Falls, Pa. 

BELTING— RUBBER. 

Champion Saw & Gas Engine Co Beaver 1-alls, Ta. 

I 



BENCHES— MANUAL TRAINING. 

Hammacher, Schlemmer & Co New York. 

BEVELS. 

Braunsdorf-Mueller Co. Elizabeth, N. -J. 

BLACKBOARD— CLOTH— SILICATE. 

N. Y. Silicate Book Slate Co New \ ork. 

BLACKBOARD— PAPER— SILICATE. 

N. Y. Silicate Book Slate Co .......... New York. 

BLACKBOARDS— SILICATE. 

N. Y. Silicate Book Slate Co New York. 

BLOW PIPES. ^ T „ , 

American Gas Furnace Co New York. 

Buffalo Dental M'f 'g , Co Buffalo, N. Y. 

BLOWERS AND FANS. ^ t „ 

American Gas Furnace 'Co New York. 

Buffalo Dental M'f 'g Co Buffalo, N. Y. 

Buffalo Forge Co. , Buffalo, N. Y. 

B. F. Sturtevant Co Hyde Park, Mass- 

BLUE PRINTING APPARATUS. 

American Drafting Furniture Co...... Rochester, N. Y. 

Keuffel & Esser Co ; ■..-..- New- York. 

BLUE PRINT -PAPER. 

F. Weber & Co Phila., Pa. 

BONBONS. 

Huylers • • •- New York. 

BOOKS— MECHANICAL. 

The Derry-Collard Company New York. 

BOOKBINDERS' ART GOODS. 

Hoole Machine & Engraving Co...,~ Brooklyn, N. Y. 

BOOK STAMPS AND TOOLS. . 

Hoole Machine & Engraving Co.. Brooklyn, N, Y. 

BOOKBINDERS' MATERIALS. 

Hoole Machine & Engraving Co Brooklyn, N. Y. 

BOOKBINDERS' MACHINERY. 

Hoole Machine & Engraving Co.. Brooklyn, N. Y. 

BOOKS— TECHNICAL. 

Wm. Ainsworth & Sons Denver, Colo 

The Derry-Collard Company New York. 

BORING BARS— LODGE & SHIPLEY. 

Three Rivers Tool Co Three Rivers, Mich. 

BRACES— BIT. 

Hammacher, Schlemmer & Co - New York. 

BRISTOL BOARD. 

Henry M. Taws Phila.,Pa. 

BRUSHES. - 

F. Weber & Co .. . .Phila., Pa. 

BUFFING MACHINES. 

Chicago Wheel & M'f'g Co.. 47 W. Randolph St., Chicago, 111. 

BURLAP. „ „ , 

Hoffman-Corr M'f'g Co. .- New York. 

CABINETMAKERS' BENCHES. 

A. L. Bemis Worcester, Mass. 

Chandler & Barber Boston, Mass 

Grand Rapids Hand Screw Co Grand Rapids, Mich- 

CABINET HARDWARE. 

Chandler & Barber Boston, Mass 

Hammacher, Schlemmer & Co New York. 

CALIPERS. ^ T XT 

Wm. Johnson Newark, N. J. 

CANDIES. >T Ar , 

Huylers ^ ew York - 

CARVERS' PUNCHES. _ 

Braunsdorf-Mueller Co Elizabeth, N.J: 

2 



CASE HARDENING FURNACES— GAS. 

American Gas Furnace Co New York 

CHARCOAL. 

Henry M. Taws Phila., Pa. 

CHARTS— EDUCATIONAL. 

The Derry-Collard Company New York. 

CHINA PAINTING MATERIAL. 

Fry Art Co New York. 

CHISELS AND GOUGES. 

Hammacher, Schlemmer & Co New York. 

?; E ,- J e " nin gs ' & Co New York.' 

Mack & Co Rochester, N. Y. 

Russell & Erwin Co New York 

L. & I. J. White Co Buffalo, n! Y. 

CHOCOLATE. 

Huylers New York. 

CENTER DRILLS. 

J. T. Slocomb Co Providence, R. I. 

CLAMPS— WOOD. 

Grand Rapids Hand Screw Co Grand Rapids. Mich. 

Narragansett Machine Co Providence, R. I. 

CLAY MODELLING TOOLS. 

Hammacher, Schlemmer & Co. New York. 

CLAY (PLASTELINE). 

Chavant M'f'g Co... Tersev Citv. N. T. 

COCOA. 

Huylers New York. 

COLD CHISELS. 

Braunsdorf-Mueller Co Elizabeth, N. J. 

Wm. Johnson Newark, N. J"'. 

COMMUTATOR LUBRICANT. 

L. B. Allen Co., Inc Chicago, 111. 

COMPASSES. 

Wm. Ainsworth & Sons Denver, Colo. 

Eagle Pencil Co New York. 

CONFECTIONERS TOOLS. 

F. M. Bower Co New York. 

COOKING TABLES. 

A. L. Bemis Worcester, Mass. 

COPPER WORKING TOOLS. 

Chandler & Barber ..Boston, Mass 

CORDAGE. 

Hoffman-Corr M'f'g Co New York.' 

CORLISS ENGINE MODELS. 

The Derry-Collard Company New York. 

COTTON WASTE. 

Hoffman-Corr M'f'g Co New York. 

COUNTERSINKS. 

Wm. Tohnson Newark, N. T. 

Wells • Brothers Co Greenfield, Mass. 

CRUCIBLE FURNACES. 

American Gas Furnace Co • .New \ ork. 

CUTTERS— MILLING. 

R. M. Clough Tolland, Conn 

DIES AND TAPS. „ 

Bav State Tap & Die Co Mansfield. Mass. 

Butterfield & Co Derby Line, \ t 

T. M. Carpenter Tap & 1 >i : Co. Pawtucket, K. I 

Holroyd & Co ■ Waterford N. \ 

Pratt & Whitney Co • Hartford. C onn. 

DIE STOCKS. „ , . .. T 

T. M. Carpenter Tap & Die Co Pawtucket k. I. 

Pratt & Whitney Co Hartford Conn. 

Wells Brothers Co Ureenheld, Mass 



DIVIDERS— WING. 

Wm. Johnson Newark, N. J. 

DRAFTING MACHINES. 

Universal Drafting Machine Co Cleveland, O. 

DRAWING BOARDS AND TABLES. 

American Drafting Furniture Co Rochester, N. Y. 

A. L. Bemis Worcester, Mass. 

Chandler & Barber Boston, Mass 

F. W. Devoe & C. T. Raynolds Co. New York. 

Economy Drawing Table Co — Toledo, O. 

Keuffel & Esser Co New York. 

Henrv M. Taws »«. Phila., Pa. 

F. Weber & Co Phila., Pa. 

DRAWING— BOOKS ON 

The Derry-Collard Company New York. 

Eugene Dietzgen Co * Chicago-New York. 

DRAWING INSTRUMENTS. 

Chandler & Barber Boston, Mass 

F. W. Devoe & C. T. Raynolds Co New York. 

Eugene Dietzgen Co Chicago-New York. 

Keuffel & Esser Co New York. 

Patterson Tool Go Dayton, O. 

E. G. Ruehle & Co New York. 

Henry M. Taws Phila., Pa. 

F. Weber & Co Phila., Pa. 

DRAW 'KNIVES. 

C. E. Jennings & Co New York. 

Russell & Ervvin Co New York. 

L. & I. J. White Co Buffalo, N. Y. 

DRAWING PAPER. 

Eugene- Dietzgen Co Chicago-New York. 

Henrv M. Taws Phila., Pa. 

F. Weber & Co Phila., Pa. 

DRAWING PAPER— ISOMETRIC. 

The Derry-Collard Company New York. 

DRILLS-CHARD DEEP HOLE SPINDLE. 

Three Rivers Tool Co Three Rivers, Mich. 

DRILL GAUGES. 

Pratt & Whitney Co Hartford, Conn. 

DRILLS— HAND. 

Ilammacher, Schlemmer & Co New York. 

DRILLS— MATTHEWS HIGH SPEED CORE. 

Three Rivers Tool Co Three Rivers,, Mich. 

DRILLS— SENSITIVE. 

Fox Machine Co Grand Rapids, Mich. 

DRILLS— TWIST. 

Standard Tool Co Cleveland, O. 

Russell & Erwin Co . New York. 

DRILLS— UPRIGHT. 

B. F. Barnes Co Rockford. 111. 

Sebastian Lathe Co. . Cincinnati, O. 

EDGE TOOLS. 

Mack & Co Rochester. N. Y. 

L. & I. J, White Co Buffalo, N. Y. 

EDUCATIONAL CHARTS. 

The Derry-Collard Company New York. 

ELECTRICITY— BOOKS ON 

The Derry-Collard Company New York. 

EMERY CLOTH AND PAPER. 

Chicago Wheel & M'f'g Co.. 47 W. Randolph St., Chicago, III. 

EMERY OIL STONES. 

Chicago Wheel & M'f'g Co.. 47 W. Randolph St., Chicago, 111. 
Pike M'f'g Co Pike, N. H. 

4 



EMERY WHEEL DRESSERS. 

Chicago Wheel & M'f'g Co.. 47 \V. Randolph St., Chicago, 111... 
Tike MfgCo Pik e> j£ H • 

EMERY WHEELS. 

Chicago Wheel & M'f'g Co.. 47 W. Randolph St., Chicago, 111 

Pike M f g Co Pike, N. H. 

ENAMELING FURNACES— GAS. 

American Gas Furnace Co New York 

ENGINES— GAS OIL AND GASOLINE. 

Champion Saw & Gas Engine Co Beaver Falls Pa 

Robertson M'f'g Co Buffalo, N. Y 

ENGINES— STEAM. 

B. F. Sturtevant Co Hvde Park, Mass 

ENGRAVERS' TOOLS. 

Hoole Machine & Engraving Co Brooklyn N Y 

EXPANDING MANDRELS. 

Western Tool & M'f'g Co Springfield, O. 

EXPANDING REAMERS. 

Western Tool & M'f'g Co Springfield, O. 

EXPANSIVE BITS: 

Russell & Erwin Co New York 

EYE BENDERS. 

Estep & Dolan Sandwich, 111. 

EYELETS AND TOOLS. 

Eyelet Tool Co Boston, Mass. 

FILES AND RASPS. 

Champion Saw & Gas Engine Co Heaver Falls, Pa. 

Hamroacher, Schlemmer & Co New York. 

Nichol-son File Co Providence, R. I. 

E. P. Reichhelm & Co New York. 

.FILES— SWISS PATTERN. 

E. P. Reichhelm & Co New York. 

FILES— AMERICAN SWISS. 

E. P. Reichhelm & Co New York. 

FILING CASES FOR DRAWINGS AND BLUE PRINTS. 

American Drafting Furniture Co Rochester, N. Y. 

FIRE EXTINGUISHERS. 

Chandler & Barber Boston, Mass 

FLUXES — (see Soldering fluxes). 

FORGES. 

Buffalo Forge Company Buffalo, N. Y. 

B. F. Sturtevant Company Hyde Park, Mass. 

FOUNDRY WORK— BOOKS ON 

The Derry-Collard Company New York. 

•FURNACES— MELTING. 

American Drafting Furniture Co. Rochester, N. Y. 

American Gas Furnace Co New York. 

Buffalo Dental M'f'g Co Buffalo, N. Y. 

FURNACES— TEMPERING AND ANNEALING. 

American Gas Furnace Co New York. 

Buffalo Dental M'f'g Co Buffalo, N. Y. 

GAGES— LIMIT. 

Pratt & Whitney Co Hartford, Conn. 

GAGES— PIPE THREAD. 

Pratt & Whitney Co Hartford, Conn. 

Wells Brothers Co Greenfield, Mass. 

GAGES— SCREW PITCH. 

Wells Brothers Co • Greenfield, Mass. 

GAS BLAST FURNACES. xt 

American Gas' Furnace Co New \ork. 

GAS GENERATORS. XT __ , 

American Gas Furnace Co New\ork. 



GEAR CUTTING ATTACHMENTS FOR LATHES. 

W. C. Young - Worcester, Mass. 

GLUE. 

Wisdom & Co Chicago, 111. 

GLUE HEATERS. 

Hammacher, Schlemmer & Co New York. 

Oliver Machinery Co , Grand Rapids, Mich. 

GOUGES. 

Russell & Erwin Co New York. 

GRAPHITE AND PLUMBAGO. 

Pettinos Brothers Bethlehem, Pa. 

GRINDERS— CUTTER AND REAMER. 

R. M. Clough Tolland, Conn. 

GRINDERS— DRY. 

Chicago Wheel & M'f'g Co.. 47 W. Randolph St., Chicago, 111. 

GRINDERS— PLAIN. 

Chicago Wheel & M'f'g Co.. 47 W. Randolph St., Chicago, 111. 

GRINDERS— WATER TOOL. 

B. F. Barnes Co Rockford, 111. 

Chicago Wheel & M'f'g Co.. 47 W. Randolph St., Chicago, 111. 

GRINDSTONES. 

Hammacher, Schlemmer & Co New York. 

HAMMERS. 

Hammacher, Schlemmer & Co New York. 

HAMMERS— HAND. 

The David Maydole Hammer Company Norwich, N. Y. 

HAND SCREWS. 

Chapin-Stephens Co Pine Meadow, Conn. 

Grand Rapids Hand Screw Co Grand Rapids, Mich. 

Narragansett Machine Co Providence, R. I. 

HATCHETS. 

L. & I. T. White Co Buffalo, N. Y. 

HEATING MACHINES— (Gas). 

American Gas Furnace Co New York. 

HEATING SYSTEMS. 

Buffalo Forge Co Ruffalo. N. Y. 

B. F. Sturtevant Co Hyde Park, Mass. 

ICE CREAM FREEZERS. 

F. M. Bower Co New York. 

ISOMETRIC PAPER. 

The Derry-Collard, Company New York. 

INKS— WATERPROOF. 

Eugene Dietzgen Co Chicago-New York. 

Henrv M. Taws Phila., Pa. 

F. Weber & Co Phila., Pa. 

JOINTERS. 

Greaves, Klusman & Co Cincinnati, 0. 

KNIVES— SLOYD. 

Hammacher, Schlemmer & Co New York. 

KNURLS. 

Braunsdorf-Mueller Co Elizabeth, N. J. 

LATHE DOGS. 

Western Tool & M'f'g Co Springfield, O. 

LATHE TOOLS. 

Armstrong Bros. Tool Co Chicago, 111. 

LATHES— BUFFING. 

Chicago Wheel & M'f'g Co.. 47 W. Randolph St., Chicago, 111. 
F. E. Reed Co Worcester, Mass. 

6 



lathes— engine: 

B. F. Barnes Co Rockford, 111. 

Greaves, Kinsman fr Co Cincinnati, O. 

Pratt & Whitney Co Hartford, Conn. 

F. E. Reed Co Worcester, Mass. 

Sebastian Lathe Co Cincinnati, O. 

Seneca Falls M'f 'g Co Seneca Falls, N. Y. 

W. C. Young Worcester, Mass. 

LATHES— FOOT. 

Sebastian Lathe Co Cincinnati. O. 

Seneca Falls M'f'g Co : . . . Seneca Falls, N. Y. 

E. H. Sheldon & Co Chicago, 111. 

W. C. Young Worcester, Mass. 

LATHES— HAND. 

Greaves, Klusman & Co Cincinnati, O. 

F. E. Reed Co Worcester, Mass. 

Sebastian Lathe Co Cincinnati,' O. 

Seneca Falls M'f'g Co Seneca Falls. N. Y. 

LATHES— PRECISION. 

Pratt & Whitney Co Hartford, Conn. 

LATHES— SPEED. 

Chandler & Barber Boston. Mass 

Oliver Machinery Co Grand Rapids, Mich, 

F. E. Reed Co Worcester, Mass. 

Sebastian Lathe Co Cincinnati, O. 

Stockbridge Machine Co Worcester, Mass. 

LATHES— TURNING. 

Hobbs M'f'g Co Worcester, Mass. 

Chandler & Barber Boston. Mass 

Greaves, Klusman & Co Cincinnati, O. 

F. E. Reed Co Worcester, Mass. 

Oliver Machinery Co. . . \. Grand Rapids, Mich. 

Sebastian Lathe Co Cincinnati, O. 

Seneca Falls M'f'g Co Seneca Falls, N. Y. 

E. H. Sheldon & Co., Chicago, 111. 

LAUNDRY NETS. 

Hoffman-Corr M'f'g Co New \ ork. 

LEAD PENCILS. 

Eagle Pencil Co New York. 

LETTERING— BOOKS ON 

The Derry-Collard Company New York. 

F. Weber & Co .Phila., Pa. 

LETTERING PENS. 

Semples' White Company New York. 

I EYELS. 

Wm. Ainsworth & Sons Denver, Colo. 

Chapin-Stephcns Co Pine Meadow, Conn. 

C. E. Jennings & Co New York. 

LOCKERS— STEEL. 

Edw. Darby & Sons Co Phila.. Pa. 

Narragansett Machine Co Providence, R. I. 

LOCKERS— WOOD. 

Narragansett Machine Co Providence, R. I., 

LUMBER— PATTERN. 

American Lumber & M'f'g Co Pittsburg, Pa. 

MANDREL PRESSES. 

Edwin E. Bartlett Boston, Mass. . 

MANUAL TRAINING SCHOOL SUPPLIES. 

Patterson, Gottfried & Hunter, Ltd New York. 

MANUAL TRAINING BENCHES. 

American Drafting Furniture Co Rochester, N. Y. 

A. L. Bemis Worcester, Mass. 

Hammacher, Schlemmer & Co New York. 

Chandler & Barber. . . .- Boston. Mass 

Grand Rapids Hand Screw Co Grand Rapids, Mich. 

W. C. Toles Co Irving Park, Chicago, 111. 



MANUAL TRAINING VISES. 

\V. C. Toles Co Irving Park, Chicago, 111. 

METAL STRIPS. 

Champion Saw & Gas Engine Co Beaver Falls, Pa. 

METALS, TOOLS AND SUPPLIES. 

Patterson, Gottfried & Hunter, Ltd New York. 

MODELS. 

The Derry-Collard Company New York. 

MOULDERS' TOOLS. 

Wm. Dobson Canastota, N. Y. 

MOULDERS' TROUGHS. 

A. L. Bemis Worcester, Mass. 

MICROMETER CALIPERS. 

_L T. SJocomb Co Providence, R. I. 

MILLING CUTTERS. 

Pratt & Whitney Co Hartford. Conn. 

Standard Tool Co Cleveland, O. 

MILLING MACHINES. 

R. M. Clough Tolland, Conn. 

Fox Machine Co Grand Rapids, Mich. 

MITRE BOXES. ■ 

Braunsdorf-Mueller Co Elizabeth, N. J. 

NAIL SETS. 

Braunsdorf-Mueller Co Elizabeth, N. J. 

Wm. Johnson Newark, N. J. 

NUMBERING MACHINES. 

Hoole Machine & Engraving Co Brooklyn, N. Y. 

OIL. 

Champion Saw & Gas Engine Co Beaver Falls, Pa. 

OIL STONES. . 

Pike M'f'g Co Pike, N. H. 

U. J. Ulery New York. 

PAPER FOR LEAD PENCIL— SILICATE. 

N. Y. Silicate Book Slate Co. . New York. 

PAPER FOR PENCILS— SLATE PENCILS— SILICATE. 

N. Y. Silicate Book Slate Co . / New York. 

PARALLEL RULES. 

American Drafting Furniture Co Rochester, N. Y. 

PATTERN MAKING BENCHES. 

Grand Rapids Hand Screw Co Grand Rapids, Mich. 

Oliver Machinery Co • Grand Rapids, Mich. 

PATTERN MAKING— BOOKS ON 

The Derry-Collard Co New York. 

PATTERN MAKJNG MACHINERY. 

Fox Machine Co Grand Rapids, Mich. 

Greaves, Klusman St Co Cincinnati, O. 

Oliver Machinery Co Grand Rapids, Mich. 

PEANUT BOASTERS. 

F. M. Bower Co New York. 

PENS— DRAWING. 

Eugene Dietzgen Co Chicago-New York. 

Semples' -White Company New York. 

Spencerian Pen Co New York. 

Henry M. Taws. Phila., Pa. 

PENS— WRITING. 

Eagle Pencil Co New York. 

PIPE CUTTING TOOLS. 

Butterfield & Co Derby Line, Yt. 

Wells Brothers Co Greenfield, Mass. 

PLANER TOOLS. 

Armstrong Bros. Tool Co Chicago, 111. 

PLANES— HAND. 

Chapin-Stephens Co Pine Meadow, Conn. 

HammachT, Schlemmer & Co New York. 

Mack & Co Rochester, N. Y. 



PLANERS— METAL. 

Edwin E. Bartlett Boston, Mass. 

Pratt & Whitney Co Hartford, Conn 

PLANERS— PORTABLE, 

Edwin E. Bartlett •- Boston, Mass. 

PLANERS— WOOD. 

Hobbs M'f'g Co Worcester, Mass. 

Greaves, Klusman & Co Cincinnati, O. 

Oliver Machinery Co Grand Raoids, Mich. 

PLASTELINE. 

Chavant M'f'g Co Jersey City, N. J. 

PLIERS AND NIPPERS. 

Hammacher, Schlemmer & Co New York. 

PLUMB BOBS. 

Braunsdorf-Mueller Co Elizabeth, N. J. 

PLUMBERS* TOOLS. 

Wm. Johnson Newark, N. J. 

PAGING MACHINES. 

Hoole Machine & Engraving Co Brooklyn, N. Y. 

POLISHES— FOR METAL AND GLASS. 

L. B. Allen Co., Inc Chicago, 111. 

PORTABLE TOOL STANDS. 

Western Tool & M'f'g Co Springfield, O. 

PORTABLE VISE STANDS 

Western Tool & M'f'g Co Springfield, O. 

PRESSES. 

Niagara Machine & Tool Works Buffalo, N. Y. 

PULLEYS— STEEL. 

Oneida Steel Pulley Co Oneida, N. Y. 

PULLEYS— STEEL CENTER, WOOD RIM. 

Oneida Steel Pulley Co Oneida, N. Y. 

PULLEYS— WOOD. 

Oneida Steel Pulley Co Oneida, N. Y. 

PUNCHES— BELT. 

W. C. Young Worcester, Mass. 

Eyelet Tool Co Boston, Mass. 

Wm. Johnson , Newark, N. J. 

PUNCHES— CENTER. 

Win. Johnson Newark, N. J. 

PUNCHES— HAND. 

Niagara Machine & Tool Works Buffalo, N. Y. 

Eyelet Tool Co Boston, Mass. 

R. M. Clough Tolland, Conn. 

W. C. Young Worcester, Mass 

REAMERS— ADJUSTABLE. 

R. M. Clough Tolland, Conn. 

Pratt & Whitney Co Hartford, Conn. 

REAMERS— MATTHEWS HIGH SPEED— EXPANDING. 

Three Rivers Tool Co Three Rivers, Mich. 

REAMERS— MATTHEWS HIGH SPEED— SOLID. 

Three Rivers Tool Co Three Rivers, Mich. 

REAMERS— SOLID. 

Butterfield & Co Derby Line, Vt. 

Pratt & Whitney Co Hartford. Conn. 

Standard Tool Co Cleveland, O. 

ROLL BLACKBOARDS— SILICATE. 

N. Y. Silicate Book Slate Co New York. 

RULES. 

F. Weber & Co Phila., Pa. 

Chapin-Stephens Co Pine Meadow, Conn. 

Keuffel & Esser Co New York. 

Lufkin Rule Co Saginaw, Mich. 

SAND BLASTS. 

E. P. Reichhelm & Co New York. 



SAND AND EMERY PAPER. 

Chicago Wheel & M'f'g Co.. 47 W. Randolph St., Chicago, 111. 
SANDERS— DOUBLE DISK. ' 

Oliver Machinery Co Grand Rapids, Mich. 

SAWS— BAND. 

Champion Saw & Gas Engine Co Beaver Falls, Pa. 

Chandler & Barber Boston, Mass 

Greaves, Kinsman & Co Cincinnati, O. 

Hobbs M'f'g Co Worcester, Mass. 

Oliver Machinery Co Grand Rapids, Mich. 

SAWS— CIRCULAR. 

Champion Saw & Gas Engine Cc Beaver Falls, Pa. 

Chandler & Barber Boston, Mass 

Hobbs M'f'g Co • Worcester, Mass. 

Oliver Machinery Co; Grand Rapids, Mich. 

SAWS— COLD. „ „ „ _ 

Champion Saw & Gas Engine Co Beaver Falls, Pa. 

SAW SETS AND SHARPENERS. 

Champion Saw & Gas Engine Co Beaver Falls, Pa. 

SAWS— FOOT POWER. „ „ „ « 

Champion Saw & Gas Engine Co Beaver Falls, Pa. 

SAWS— HAND. - ■ 

Champion Saw & Gas Engine Co Beaver Falls, Pa. 

Chandler & Barber Boston, Mass 

Hammacher, Schlemmer & Co New York. 

C. E. Jennings & Co New York. 

SAWS— HACK AND FRAMES. „ .* „ 

Champion Saw & Gas Engine Co Beaver Falls, Pa. 

C. E. Tennings & Co New \ ork. 

Robert'son M'f'g Co Buffalo, N. \ . 

SCALES. 

Wm. Ainsworth & Sons Denver, Colo. 

Henry M. Taws Phila., Pa. 

SCIENTIFIC BOOKS. 

Wm. Ainsworth & Sons Denver, Colo. 

F. Weber & Co Phila., Pa. 

SCREEN DOORS. „ „ , 

Roebuck Weather Strip & Wire Screen Co New York. 

SCREW DRIVERS. M „ , 

Russell & Erwin Co New York 

Braunsdorf-Mueller Co Elizabeth, N. J. 

Hammacher, Schiemmer & Co IN ew York 

Wm. Johnson r .Newark, N. J. 

SCREW MACHINES. tt 

Pratt & Whitney Co Hartford, Conn. 

SCREW PLATES. _ , T . Tr 

Butterfield & Co ,. .Derby Line, Yt. 

T. M. Carpenter Tap & Die Co , Pawtucket R. I. 

Pratt & Whitney Co ". Hartford Conn. 

Wells Brothers Co . . r Greenfield, Mass. 

SHAPERS— CRANK. 

Stockbridge Machine Co , . Worcester, Mass. 

SHAPING MACHINES. tt " . 

Pratt & Whitney Co Hartford, Conn. 

SHEARING MACHINERY. 

Niagara Machine & Tool Works Buffalo, N. Y 

W. C.s. Young • • • .Worcester, Mass. 

SHEARS AND SCISSORS. ^ T „ , 

U. J: Ulery New York. 

SHEARS— METAL. . 

R. M. Clough Tolland, Conn. 

Estep & Dolan Sandwich. J 11. 

Niagara Machine & Tool Works Buffalo, N. Y. 

SLIDE RESTS. _ ., 

Edwin E. Bartlett ■-. Boston, Mass. 

IO 



SLIDE RULES. 

American Drafting Furniture Co Rochester, N. Y. 

Chapin-Stephens Co Pine Meadow, Conn. 

Keuffel & Esser Co New York. 

Henry M. Taws Phila., Pa. 

SLATES— SILICATE. 

N. Y. Silicate Book Slate Co New York. 

SLOYD KNIVES. 

Hammacher, Schlemmer & Co , New York. 

SOLDER— WIRE, SELF-FLUXING. 

L. B. Allen Co., Inc Chicago, 111. 

SOLDERING FLUXES— STICK, PASTE, SALTS, LIQUID. 

L. B. Allen Co., Inc Chicago, 111. 

SOLDERING TOOLS. 

Buffalo Dental JNI'f'g Co Buffalo, N. Y. 

SPOKE SHAVES. 

L. & I. J. White Co Buffalo, N. Y. 

Wm. Johnson Newark, N. J. 

SOUARES— STEEL. 

C. E. Jennings & Co. New York. 

SQUARES— T. 

Henry M. Taws Phila., Pa. 

F. Weber & Co . . Phila., Pa. 

STEEL RULES. 

Lufkin Rule Co Saginaw, Mich. 

STEEL TAPES. 

F. Weber & Co Phila., Pa. 

Keuffel & Esser Co New York. 

Lufkin Rule Co Saginaw, Mich. 

STRAIGHT EDGES. 

American Drafting Furniture Co Rochester, N. Y. 

SURVEYING INSTRUMENTS. 

Wm. Ainsworth & Sons Denver, Colo./ 

TAPS AND DIES. 

Bay State Tap & Die Co Mansfield, Mass. 

J. M. Carpenter Tap .& Die Co Pawtucket, R. I. 

Holroyd & Co Waterford, N. Y. 

Pratt & Whitney Co Hartford, Conn. 

Standard Tool Co Cleveland, O. 

Wells Brothers Co Greenfield, Mass. 

TECHNICAL BOOKS. 

The Derry-Collard Co New York. 

TEMPERING FURNACE— GAS. 

American Gas Furnace Co New York. 

THUMB TACKS. 

Spencerian Pen Co New York. 

Universal Drafting Machine Co Cleveland, O. 

TINSMITHS' TOOLS. 

Niagara Machine & Tool Works Buffalo, N. Y. 

TOOL BOXES. 

Narragansett Machine Co Providence, R. I. 

TOOL CHESTS. 

C. E. Jennings & Co New York. 

TOOL HOLDERS. 

Armstrong Bros. Tool Co Chicago, 111. 

Western Tool & M'f 'g Co. Springfield, O. 

TOOLS FOR LATHES AND PLANERS. 

Armstrong Bros. Tool Co Chicago, 111. 

Sebastian Lathe Co Cincinnati, O. 

TOOLS— METAL WORKING. 

Hammacher, Schlemmer & Co New York. 

TOOLS— SMALL— HIGH SPEED. 

Three Rivers Tool Co Three Rivers, Mich. 

II 



TOOLS— WOODWORKING. 

Hammacher, Schlemmer & Co New York. 

TRACING CLOTH. 

Henry M. Taws Phila., Pa. 

F. Weber & Co , Phila., Pa. 

TRANSITS. 

Wm. Ainsworth & Sons Denver, Colo. 

TRIANGLES. 

Eugene Dietzsen Co Chicago-New York. 

F. Weber & Co Phila, Pa. 

TRIMMERS —WOOD. 

Fox Machine Co Grand Rapids, Mich. 

TROWELS— MASON'S. 

Wm. Johnson f Newark, N. J. 

TURNING SAWS AND FRAMES. 

Wm. Johnson Newark, N. J. 

VALVE MODELS. 

The Derry-Collard Co New York. 

VENETIAN IRON. 

Hammacher, Schlemmer & Co New York. 

VISES— MACHINIST'S. 

Hammacher, Schlemmer & Co New York. 

VISES— PATTERN. 

Oliver Machinery Co Grand Rapids, Mich. 

VISES— RAPID ACTING (Woodworking). 

Abernathy Vise & Tool Co. . , Chicago, 111. 

W. C. Toles -Co. Irving Park, Chicago, 111. 

WATER COLORS. 

Eugene Dietzgen Co Chicago-New York. 

F. Weber & Co. . , Phila., Pa. 

.Henry M. Taws Phila., Pa. 

WEATHER STRIPS. 

Roebuck Weather. Strip & Wire Screen Co New York. 

WHITTLING TRAYS. 

Hammacher, Schlemmer & Co New York. 

WINDOW SCREENS. 

Roebuck Weather Strip & Wire Screen Co New York. 

WINDOW VENTILATORS. 

Roebuck Weather Strip & Wire Screen Co New York. 

WIRE SCREENS. 

Roebuck Weather Strip & Wire Screen Co New York. 

WRENCHES— MACHINISTS'. 

Bullard Automatic Wrench Co Providence, R. I. 

J. At. Carpenter Tap & Die Co Pawtucket, R. I. 

WRENCHES— PIPE. 

Bullard Automatic Wrench Co Providence, R. I. 

WRENCHES— SCREW. 

Hammacher, Schlemmer & Co . . . New York. 

WOOD CARVING BENCHES. 

A. L. Bemis Worcester, Mass. 

WOOD CARVING TOOLS. 

Hammacher, Schlemmer & Co New York. 

WOOD WORKING BENCHES. 

A. L. Bemis Worcester, Mass. 

WOOD WORKING MACHINERY. 

Fox Machine Co. ,.......; Grand Rapids, Mich. 

WOOD WORKING VISES. 

Chandler & Barber Boston, Mass 



T2 



CATALOGUE OF 
STANDARD 
PRACTICAL and 
SCIENTIFIC 
BOOKS 




PUBLISHED AND FOR SALE BY 

The Norman W. Henley Publishing Go. 

132 Nassau St., New York, U. S. A. 



INDEX OF SUBJECTS 

Brazing and Soldering 3 

Cams 11 

Charts 3 

Chemistry 4 

Civil Engineering 4 

Coke 4 

Compressed Air 4 

Concrete 5 

Dictionaries 5 

Dies— Metal Work 6 

Drawing—Sketching Paper 6 

Electricity 7 

Enameling 9 

Factory Management, etc 9 

Fuel 10 

Gas Engines and Gas 10 

Gearing and Cams , 11 

Hydraulics 11 

Ice and Refrigeration 11 

Inventions — Patents 12 

Lathe Practice 12 

Liquid Air 12 

Locomotive Engineering 12 

Machine Shop Practice 14 

Manual Training 17 

Marine Engineering 17 

Metal Work-Dies 6 

Mining 17 

Miscellaneous 18 

Patents and Inventions 12 

Pattern Making 18 

Perfumery 18 

Plumbing 19 

Receipt Book 24 

Refrigeration and Ice 11 

Rubber 19 

Saws 20 

Screw Cutting 20 

Sheet Metal Work 20 

Soldering 3 

Steam Engineering 20 

Steam Heating and Ventilation 22 

Steam Pipes 22 

Steel 22 

Watch Making. 23 

Wireless Telephones 23 



Any of these books will be sent prepaid to any part of 
the world, on receipt of price. 

REMIT by Draft, Postal Money Order, Express Money Order 
or by Registered Mail. 



GOOD, USEFUL BOOKS 



BRAZING AND SOLDERING 



BRAZING AND SOLDERING. By James F. Hobart. 
The only book that shows you just how to handle any job of 
brazing or soldering that comes along; tells you what mixture 
to use, how to make a furnace if you need one. Full of kinks. 
4th edition. 25 cents 



CHARTS 



BATTLESHIP CHART. An engraving which shows the 
details of a battleship as if the sides were of glass and you could 
see all the interior. The finest piece of work that has ever been 
done. So accurate that it is used at Annapolis for instruction 
purposes. Shows all details and gives correct name of every 
part. 28 x 42 inches — plate paper. 50 cents 

BOX CAR CHART. A chart showing the anatomy of a box 
car, having every part of the car numbered and its proper name 
given in a reference list. 20 cents 



GONDOLA CAR CHART. A chart showing the anatomy 
of a gondola car, having every part of the car numbered and its 
proper reference name given in a reference list. 20 cents 

PASSENGER CAR CHART. A chart showing the anatomy 
of a passenger car, having every part of the car numbered and its 
proper name given in a reference list. 20 cents 

TRACTIVE POWER CHART. A chart whereby you can 
find the tractive power or drawbar pull of any locomotive, 
without making a figure. Shows what, cylinders are equal, how 
driving wheels and steam pressure affect the power. What sized 
engine vou need to exert a given drawbar puil or anything you 
desire in this line. 50 cents 



WESTINGHOUSE AIR-BRAKE CHARTS. Chart I — 
Shows (in colors) the most modern Westinghouse High Speed 
and Signal Eauipment used on Passenger Engines, Passenger 
Engine" Tenders, and Passenger Cars. Chart II. — Shows (in 
colors) the Standard Westinghouse Equipment for Freight 
and Switch Engines, Freight and Switch Engine Tenders, and 
Freight Cars. Price for the set, 50 cents 



CHEMISTRY 

HENLEY'S TWENTIETH CENTURY BOOK OF 
RECEIPTS, FORMULAS AND PROCESSES. Edited by 
Gardner D. Hiscox. The most valuable Techno-chemical 
Receipt Book published, including over 10,000 selected scientific 
chemical, technological, and practical receipts and processes. 
See page 24 for full description of this book. S3.00 

CIVIL ENGINEERING 



HENLEY'S ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL EN- 
GINEERING AND ALLIED TRADES. Edited by Joseph 
G. Horner, A.M. I., M.E. This set of five volumes contains 
about 2,500 pages with thousands of illustrations, including dia- 
grammatic and sectional drawings with full explanatory details. 
It covers the entire practice of Civil and Mechanical Engineering. 
It tells you all you want to know about engineering and tells it 
so simply, so clearly, so concisely that one cannot help but 
understand. S6.00 per volume or $25.00 for complete set of five 
volumes. 

COKE 



COKE— MODERN COKING PRACTICE; INCLUDING 
THE ANALYSIS OF MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS. 

By T. H. Byrom, Fellow of the Institute of Chemistry, Fellow 
of The Chemical Society, etc., and J. E. Christopher, Member 
of the Society of Chemical Industry, etc. A handbook for 
those engaged in Coke manufacture and the recovery of By- 
products. Fully illustrated with folding plates. 

The subject of Coke Manufacture is of rapidly increasing in- 
terest and significance, embracing as it does the recovery of 
valuable by-products in which scientific control is of the first 
importance. It has been the aim of the authors, in preparing 
this book, to produce one which shall be of use and benefit to 
those who are associated with, or interested in, the modern de- 
velopments of the industry. 

Contents: Chap. I. Introductory. Chap. II. General Classi- 
fication of Fuels. Chap. III. Coal Washing. Chap. IV. The 
Sampling and Valuation of Coal, Coke, etc. Chap. V. The 
Calorific Power of Coal and' Coke. Chap. VI. Coke Ovens. 
Chap. VII. Coke Ovens, continued. Chap. VIII. Coke Ovens, 
continued. Chap. IX. Charging and Discharging of Coke Ovens. 
Chap. X. Cooling and Condensing Plant. Chap. XL Gas Ex- 
hausters. Chap. XII. Composition and Analysis of Ammoniacal 
Liquor. Chap. XIII. Working up of Ammoniacal Liquor. 
Chap. XIV. Treatment of Waste Gases from Sulphate Plants. 
Chap. XV. Valuation of Ammonium Sulphate. Chap. XVI. 
Direct Recovery of Ammonia from Coke Oven Gases. Chap 
XVII. Surplus Gas from Coke Oven. Useful Tables. Very 
fully illustrated. 83.50 net 

COMPRESSED AIR 



COMPRESSED AIR IN ALL ITS APPLICATIONS. By 

Gardner D. Hiscox. This is the most complete book on the 
subject of Air that has ever been issued, and its thirty-five 
chapters include about every phase of the subject one can think 
of. It may be called an encyclopedia of compressed air. It is 
written by an expert, who, in its 665 pages, has dealt with the 
subject in a comprehensive manner, no phase of it being omitted. 
Over 500 illustrations, 5th' Edition, revised and enlarged. 
Cloth bound; S5.00, Half morocco, S6.50 



CONCRETE 

ORNAMENTAL CONCRETE WITHOUT MOLDS, By A. A. 

Houghton The process for making ornamental concrete with- 
out molds, has long been held as a secret and now, for the hrst 
time this process is given to the public. The book reveals the 
secret and is the only book published which explains a simple, 
practical method whereby the concrete worker is enabled, by 
employing wood md metal templates of different designs, to 
mold or model in concrete any Cornice, Archivolt, Column 
Pedestal, Base Cap, Urn or Pier in a monolithic form— right 
upon the job. These may be molded in units or blocks, and 
then built up to suit the specifications demanded. This work 
is fully illustrated, with detailed engravings. ss-.uu 

POPULAR HAND BOOK FOR CEMENT AND CON 
CRETE USERS, By Myron H. Lewis, C.E. This is a con- 
cise treatise of the principles and methods employed m the 
manufacture and use of cement in all classes of modern works 
The author has brought together in this work, all the salient 
matter of interest to the user of concrete and its many diversified 
products. The matter is presented in logical and systematic 
order, clearly written, fully illustrated and free from involved 
mathematics* Everything of value to the concrete user is .given 
Among the chapters contained in the book are. I- Historical 
Development of the Uses of Cement and Concrete H. Glossary 
of Terms employed in Cement and Concrete work III. Kinds 
3 Cement employed in Construction IV. Limes, Ordinary and 
Hydraulic. V. Lime Plasters. VI. Natural Cements. \ II. 
Portland Cements. VIII. Inspection and Testing .IX Adul- 
teration; or Foreign Substances in Cement X Sand. Gravel 
and Broken Stone. XL Mortar XII. Grout. X HI- Con- 
crete (Plain). XIV. Concrete (Reinforced). XV. Methods 
and Kinds of Reinforcements. XVI. Forms tor Plain and Re- 
frTforrerl Concrete XVII. Concrete Blocks. XVIII. Arti- 
fidaf Stone XIX. Concrete Tiles. XX. Concrete Pipes and 
Conduits XXI Concrete Piles. XXII Concrete Buildings. 
XXIII Concrete in Water Works. XXIV. Concrete m Sewer 
Works XXV. Concrete in Highway Construction XXVI. 
Concrete Retaining Walls. XXVII. Concrete Arches and 
Abutments XXVIII. Concrete in Subway and lunne s. 
XXIX Concrete in Bridge Work -XXX. Concrete in Docks 
and Wharves XXXI. Concrete Construction under Water. 
fxXH h Concretion the Farm. XXXIII. Concrete Chimneys 
Yyyt; Concrete for Ornamentation. XXXV. uoncrexe 
Ma^oleums anf Miscellaneous Uses. XXXVI Inspection for 
Concrete Work. XXXVII. . Waterproofing Concrete Work. 
YYyvttT Cnlorine and Painting Concrete Work aAAIA. 

Me X thoVofF?nthing g Concrete Surflces. XL. Specifications and 

Estimates for Concrete \V ork. 

DICTIONARIES 



STANDARD ELECTRICAL DICTIONARY. By T. 

OTonor Sloane An indispensable work to all interested in 
SectrS science Suitable alike for the student and Profession- 
ad A practical hand-book of reference contammgdehmtions 
of about s ooo distinct words, terms and phrases. J he defan 
tions are terse and concise and include every term used in electri- 
cal science Recently issued. An entirely new edition. Should 
be fnlne posSSLn^f all who desire to keep >breast wrth the 
progress of this branch of science, Complete, roncis 2 V*™^ 
venient. 682 pages— 393 illustrations. 



DIES— METAL WORK 

DIES. THEIR CONSTRUCTION AND USE FOR THE 
MODERN WORKING OF SHEET METALS. By J. V. 

Woodworth. A new book by a practical man, for those who 
wish to know the latest practice in the working of sheet metals. 
It shows how dies are designed, made and used, and those who 
are engaged in this line of work can secure many valuable sug- 
gestions. S3. 00 

PUNCHES, DIES AND TOOLS FOR MANUFACTUR- 
ING IN PRESSES. By J. V. Woodworth. An encyclo- 
pedia of die-making, punch-making, die-sinking, sheet-metal 
working, and making of special tools, subpresses, devices and 
mechanical combinations for punching, cutting, bending, form- 
ing, piercing, drawing, compressing, and assembling sheet- 
metal parts and also articles of other materials in machine 
tools. This is a distinct work from the author's book entitled 
"Dies; Their Construction and Use." 500 pages, 700 engrav- 
ings. 84.00 

DRAWING— SKETCHING PAPER 



LINEAR PERSPECTIVE SELF-TAUGHT. By Herman 
T. C. Kraus. This work gives the theory and practice of linear 
perspective, as used in architectural, engineering, and mechanical 
drawings. Persons taking up the study of the subject by them- 
selves, without the aid of a teacher, will be able by the use of the 
instruction given to readily grasp the subject, and by reason- 
able practice become good perspective draftsmen. The arrange- 
ment of the book is good; the plate is on the left-hand, while the 
descriptive text follows on the opposite page, so as to be readily 
referred to. The drawings are on sufficiently large scale to show 
the work clearly and are plainly figured. The whole work makes 
a very complete course on perspective drawing, and will be 
found of great value to architects, civil and mechanical engineers, 
patent attorneys, art designers, engravers, and draftsmen. $2. .50 

PRACTICAL PERSPECTIVE. By Richards and Colvix. 
Shows just how to make all kinds of mechanical drawings in the 
only practical perspective isometric. Makes everything plain 
so that any mechanic can understand a sketch or drawing in 
this way. Saves time in the drawing room and mistakes in the 
shops. Contains practical examples of various classes of work. 

50 cents 

SELF-TAUGHT MECHANICAL DRAWING AND ELE- 
MENTARY MACHINE DESIGN. By F. L. Sylvester, M.E., 
Draftsman, with additions by Erik Oberg, associate editor of 
"Machinery." A practical elementary treatise on Mechanical 
Drawing and Machine Design, comprising the first principles of 
geometric and mechanical drawing, workshop mathematics, 
mechanics, strength of materials and the calculation and design 
of machine details, compiled for the use of practical mechanics 
and young draftsmen. 82.00 

A NEW SKETCHING PAPER. A new specially ruled paper 
to enable you to make sketches or drawings in isometric per- 
spective without any figuring or fussing. It is being used for 
shop details as well as for assembly drawings, as it makes one 
sketch do the work of three, and no workman can help seeing 
just what is wanted. Pads of 40 sheets, 6x9 inches, 25 cents. 
Pads of 40 sheets, 9x12 inches, 50 cents 



ELECTRICITY 



ARITHMETIC OF ELECTRICITY. By Prof. T. O'Conor 
Sloane. A practical treatise on electrical calculations of al] 
kinds reduced to a series of rules, all of the simplest forms, and 
involving only ordinary arithmetic; each rule illustrated by 
one or more practical problems, with detailed solution of each 
one. This book is classed among the most useful works pub- 
lished on the science of electricity covering as it does the mathe- 
matics of electricity in a manner that will attract the attention 
of those who are not familiar with algebraical formulas. 160 
pages. SI. 00 

COMMUTATOR CONSTRUCTION. By Wm. Baxter, 
Jr. The business end of any dynamo or motor of the direct 
current type is the commutator. This book goes into the de- 
signing, building, and maintenance of commutators, shows 
how to locate troubles and how to remedy them; everyone who 
fusses with dynamos needs this. 25 cents 

DYNAMO BUILDING FOR AMATEURS, OR HOW TO 
CONSTRUCT A FIFTY WATT DYNAMO. By Arthur 
J. Weed, Member of N. Y. Electrical Society. This book is a 
practical treatise showing in detail the construction of a small 
dynamo or motor, the entire machine work of which can be done 
on a small foot lathe. 

Dimensioned working drawings are given for each piece of 
machine work and each operation is clearly described. 

This machine when used as a dynamo has an output of fifty 
watts; when used as a motor it will drive a small drill press or 
lathe. It can be used to drive a sewing machine on any and all 
ordinary work. 

The book is illustrated with more than sixty original engrav- 
ings showing the actual construction of the different parts. Paper. 

Paper 50 cents Cloth SI .00 

ELECTRIC FURNACES AND THEIR INDUSTRIAL 
APPLICATIONS. By J. Wright. This is a book which will 
prove of interest to many classes of people; the manufacturer 
who desires to know what product can be manufactured success- 
fully in the electric furnace, the chemist who wishes to post 
himself on the electro-chemistry, and the student of science 
who merely looks into the subject from curiosity. 288 pages. 

S3.00 

ELECTRIC LIGHTING AND HEATING POCKET 
BOOK. By Sydney F. Walker. This book puts in conven- 
ient form useful information regarding the apparatus which is 
likely to be attached to the mains of an electrical company. 
Tables of units and equivalents are included and useful electrical 
laws and formulas are stated. 438 pages, 3 00 engravings. S3.00 

ELECTRIC TOY MAKING, DYNAMO BUILDING, AND 
ELECTRIC MOTOR CONSTRUCTION. This work treats 
of the making at home of electrical toys, electrical apparatus, 
motors, dynamos, and instruments in general, and is designed to 
bring within the reach of young and old the manufacture of gen- 
uine and useful electrical appliances. 185 pages. Fully illus- 
trated. SI. 00 



ELECTRIC WIRING, DIAGRAMS AND SWITCH- 
BOARDS. By Newton Harrison. This is the only complete 
work issued showing and telling you what you should know 
about direct and alternating current wiring. It is a ready 
reference. The work is free from advanced technicalities and 
mathematics. Arithmetic being used throughout. It is in every 
respect a handy, well-written, instructive, comprehensive 
volume on wiring for the wireman, foreman, contractor or elec- 
trician. 272 pages, 105 illustrations. SI. 50 

ELECTRICIAN'S HANDY BOOK. By Prof. T. O'Conor 
Sloane. This work is intended for the practical electrician, 
who has to make things go. The entire field of Electricity is 
covered within its pages. It contains no useless theory; every- 
thing is to the point. It teaches you just what you should 
know about electricity. It is the standard work published on 
the subject. Forty-one chapters, 610 engravings, handsomely 
bound in red leather with titles and edges in gold. S3.50 

ELECTRICITY IN FACTORIES AND WORKSHOPS, 
ITS COST AND CONVENIENCE. By Arthur P. Haslam. 
A practical book for power producers and power users showing 
what a convenience the electric motor, in its various forms, has 
become to the modern manufacturer. It also deals with the 
conditions which determine the cost of electric driving, and 
compares this with other methods of producing and utilizing 
power. 312 pages. Very fully illustrated. 8*2.50 

ELECTRICITY SIMPLIFIED. By Prof. T. O'Conor 
Sloane. The object of "Electricity Simplified" is to make the 
subject as plain as possible and to show what the modern con- 
ception of electricity is; to show how two plates of different 
metals immersed in acid can send a message around the globe; 
to explain how a bundle of copper wire rotated by a steam engine 
can be the agent in lighting our streets, to tell what the volt, ohm 
and ampere are, and what high and low tension mean; and to 
answer the questions that perpetually arise in the mind in this 
age of electricity. 172 pages. Illustrated. SI. 00 

HOW TO BECOME A SUCCESSFUL ELECTRICIAN. 

By Prof. T. O'Conor Sloane. An interesting book from cover 
to cover. Telling in simplest language the surest and easiest way 
to become a successful electrician. The studies to be followed, 
methods of work, field of operation and the requirements of the 
successful electrician are pointed out and fully explained. 
202 pages. Illustrated. SI. 00 

MANAGEMENT OF DYNAMOS. By Lummis-Pater- 
son. A handbook of theory and practice. This work is arranged 
in three parts. The first part covers the elementary theory of 
the dynamo. The second part, the construction and action of 
the different classes of dynamos in common use are described; 
while the third part relates to such matters as affect the prac- 
tical management and working of dynamos and motors. 292 
pages, 117 illustrations. SI. 50 

STANDARD ELECTRICAL DICTIONARY. By Prof. T. 
O'Conor Sloane. A practical handbook of reference contain 
ing definitions of about 5.000 distinct words, terms and phrases. 
The definitions are terse and concise and include every term 
used in electrical science. 682 pages, 393 illustrations. S3. 00 



SWITCHBOARDS. By William Baxter, Jr. This book 
appeals to every engineer and electrician who wants to know 
the practical side of things. All sorts and conditions of dynamos, 
connections and circuits are shown by diagram and illustrate 
just how the switchboard should be connected. Includes direct 
and alternating current boards, also those for arc lighting, in- 
candescent, and power circuits. Special treatment on high 
voltage boards for power transmission. 190 pages. Illustrated. 

TELEPHONE CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION, 
WIRING OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE. By W. H. 

Radcliffe and H. C. Cushing. This book gives the principles 
of construction and operation of both the Bell and Independent 
instruments; approved methods of installing and wiring them; 
the means of protecting them from lightning and abnormal cur- 
rents- their connection together for operation as series or bridg- 
ing stations- and rules for their inspection and maintenance. 
Line wiring and the wiring and operation of special telephone 
systems are also treated. 180 pages, 125 illustrations. hl.w 

WIRING A HOUSE. By Herbert Pratt. Shows a house 
already built; tells just how to start about wiring it. )\ here to 
begin; what wire to use; how to run it according to insurance 
rules in fact just the information you need. Directions apply 
equally to a shop. Fourth edition. -« cents 

WIRELESS TELEPHONES AND HOW THEY WORK. 

Bv Tames Erskine-Murray. This work is free from elaborate 
details and aims at giving a clear survey of the way in which 
Wireless Telephones work. It is intended tor amateur workers 
and for those whose knowledge of Electricity is slight. Chap- 
ters contained : How We 1 1 ear-Histoncal-The Conversion of 
Sound into Electric Waves-Wireless Transmission— The Pro- 
duction of Alternating Currents of High Frequency— Ho* the 
Electric Waves are Radiated and Received— The Receiving 
Instruments— Detectors— Achievements and Expectations- 
Glossary of Technical Work. Cloth. 51 -" u 



ENAMELING 



HENLEY'S TWENTIETH CENTURY RECEIPT BOOK. 

Edited by Gardner D. Hiscox. A work of 10,000 practical 
receipts, including enameling receipts for hollow ware for 
metals for signs, for china and porcelain, for wood etc lhor- 
o?ghandprS;i. See page 24 for full description of this book. 

FACTORY MANAG EMENT, ETC. 

MODERN MACHINE SHOP CONSTRUCTION, EQUIP- 
MENT AND MANAGEMENT. By O. E. Perrigo M.E A 
work designed for the practical and every-day use of the Archi- 
tect who designs, the Manufacturers who build, the hmgmeeis 
Spfanand equip, the ^P^f^ d ^ n ^ o] °/^ n ^%^ 
direct and for the information of every stockholder, director, 
officer accountant, clerk, superintendent, foreman, and work- 
man of the ™^ machine shop and manufacturing plajt of 
Industrial America. 



FUEL 

COMBUSTION OF COAL AND THE PREVENTION 
OF SMOKE. By Wm. M. Barr. To be a success a fireman 
must be "Light on Coal." He must keep his fire in good con- 
dition, and prevent, as far as possible, the smoke nuisance. 
To do this, he should know how coal burns, how smoke is formed 
and the proper burning of fuel to obtain the best results. He 
can learn this, and more too, from Barr's "Combustion of Coal." 
It is an absolute authority on all questions relating to the Firing 
of a Locomotive. Nearly 350 pages, fully illustrated. SI. 00 

SMOKE PREVENTION AND FUEL ECONOMY. By 

Booth and Kershaw. As the title indicates, this book of 197 
pages and 75 illustrations deals with the problem of complete 
combustion, which it treats from the chemical and mechanical 
standpoints, besides pointing out the economical and humani- 
tarian aspects of the question. S3. 50 



GAS ENGINES AND GAS 



CHEMISTRY OF GAS MANUFACTURE. By H. M. 

Royles. A practical treatise for the use of gas engineers, gas 
managers and students. Including among its contents— Prepa- 
rations of Standard Solutions, Coal, Furnaces, Testing and 
Regulation. Products of Carbonization. Analysis of Crude Coal 
Gas. Analysis of Lime. .Ammonia. Analysis of Oxide of Iron. 
Naphthalene. Analysis of Fire-Bricks and Fire-Clay. Weldom 
«md .Spent Oxide. Photometry and Gas Testing. Carbur- 
etted Water Gas. Metrooolis Gas. Miscellaneous Extracts. 
Useful Tables. S4.50 

GAS ENGINE CONSTRUCTION, Or How to Build a Half- 
Horse-power Gas Engine. By Parsei.l and Weed. A prac- 
tical treatise describing the theory and principles of the action of 
gas engines of various types, and the design and construction of a 
half-horse-power gas engine, with illustrations of the work in 
actual progress, together with dimensioned working drawings giv- 
ing clearly the sizes of the various details. 300 pages. S3. 50 

GAS, GASOLINE, AND OILENGINES. By Gardner D. 

Hiscox. Just issued, 18th revised and enlarged edition. Every 
user of a gas engine needs this book. Simple, instructive, and 
right up-to-date. The only complete work on the subject. Tells 
all about the running and management of gas, gasoline and oil 
engines as designed and manufactured in the United States. 
Explosive motors for stationary, marine and vehicle power are 
fully treated, together with illustrations of their parts and tabu- 
lated sizes, also their care and running are included. Electric 
Ignition by Induction Coil and Jump Sparks are fully explained 
and illustrated, including valuable information on the testing for 
economy and power and the erection of power plants. 

The special information on producer and suction cases in- 
cluded cannot fail to prove of value to all interested in the gen- 
eration of producer gas and its utilization in gas engines. 

The rules and regulations of the Board of Fire Underwriters 
in regard to the installation and management of Gasoline Motors 
is given in full, suggesting the safe installation of explosive motor 
power. A list of United States Patents issued on Gas, Gasoline 
and Oil Engines and their adjuncts from 1S75 to date is included. 
484 pages. 410 engravings. 82.50 net 



MODERN GAS ENGINES AND PRODUCER GAS 
PLANTS. By R. E. Mathot, M.E. A practical treatise of 
720 pages, fullv illustrated by 175 detailed illustrations setting 
forth the principles of gas engines and producer design the selec- 
tion and installation of an engine, conditions of perfect opera- 
tion, producer-gas engines and their possibilities, the care of gas 
engines and producer-gas plants, with a chapter on volatile 
hydrocarbon and oil engines. This book has been endorsed by 
Dugal Clerk as a most useful work for all interested in Gas Engine 
installation and Producer Gas. f * ,ou 

GEARING AND CAMS 



BEVEL GEAR TABLES. By D. Ag. Engstrom. Noone 
who has to do with bevel gears in any way should be without 
this book The designer and draftsman will find it a great con- 
venience while to the machinist who turns up the blanks Q r cuts 
the teeth, it is invaluable, as all needed dimensions are given 
and no fancy figuring need be done. ® A - UU 

CHANGE GEAR DEVICES. By Oscar E. Perrigo A 
book for everv designer, draftsman and mechanic who is inter- 
ested n feed changes for any kind of machines. This shows what 
has been done and how. Gives plans, patents and all information 
that you need . Saves hunting through patent records and i em- 
venting old ideas. A standard work of reference. S1.00 

DRAFTING OF CAMS. By Louis Rouillion. The 

laying out of cams is a serious problem unless you know how to 
go at it right. This puts you on the right road for Poetically 
any kind of cam you are likely to run up against. 3o cents 

HYDRAULICS 



HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING. By Gardner D Hiscox 
A treatise on the properties, power, and resources of water for all 
miroosX Including the measurement of streams- the flow of 
water fn pipes or conduits; the horse-power of falling water; 
Sine and impact water-wheels; wave-motors, centrifugal, 
reciprocating, and air-lift pumps. With 300 figures and d^ 
grams and 36 practical tables. 320 pages. •*•«« 

ICE AND REFRIGERATION 



POCKET BOOK OF REFRIGERATION AND ICE MAK- 
ING By A. J. Wallis-Tavlor. This is one of the latest and 
most compfehensive reference books published on the subject 
of refrigeration and cold storage. It explains the properties and 
?efSeradng effect of the different fluids in use, the manage- 
ment of refrigerating machinery and the construction and msula- 
rion of cold fooms with their required pipe surface for different 
decrees of cold; freezing mixtures and non-freezing brines 
tPmneratures of cold rooms for all kinds of provisions, cold 
s?SaS charges for all classes of goods, ice making and storage of 
ice data and memoranda for constant reference by refrigerating 
engineers with nearly one hundred tables containing valuable 
references to every fact and condition required m the installment 
and operation of a refrigerating plant. 



11 



INVENTIONS— PATENTS 



INVENTOR'S MANUAL, HOW TO MAKE A PATENT 
PAY. This is a book designed as a guide to inventors in per- 
fecting their inventions, taking out their patents, and disposing 
of them. It is not in any sense a Patent Solicitor's Circular, 
nor a Patent Broker's Advertisement. No advertisements of any 
description appear in the work. It is a book containing a quarter 
of a century's experience of a successful inventor, together with 
notes based upon the experience of many other inventors. SI. 00 

LATHE PRACTICE 



MODERN AMERICAN LATHE PRACTICE. By Oscar 
E. Perrigo. An up-to-date book on American Lathe Work, 
describing and illustrating the very latest practice in lathe and 
boring-mill operations, as well as the construction of and latest 
developments in the manufacture of these important classes of 
machine tools. 300 pages, fully illustrated. $2.50 

PRACTICAL METAL TURNING. By Joseph G. Horner. 
A work of 404 pages, fully illustrated, covering in a comprehen- 
sive manner the modern practice of machining metal parts in 
the lathe, including the regular engine lathe, its essential design, 
its uses, its tools, its attachments, and the manner of holding the 
work and performing the operations. The modernized engine 
lathe, its methods, tools, and great range of accurate work. The 
Turret Lathe, its tools, accessories and methods of performing 
its functions. Chapters on special work, grinding, tool holders, 
speeds, feeds, modern tool steels, etc., etc. $3.50 

TURNING AND BORING TAPERS. By Fred H. Col- 
vin. There are two ways to turn tapers; the right way and 
one other. This treatise has to do with the right way; it tells 
you how to start the work properly, how to set the lathe, what 
tools to use and how to use them, and forty and one other little 
things that you should know. Fourth edition. 25 cents 

LIQUID AIR 

LIQUID AIR AND THE LIQUEFACTION OF GASES. 

By T. O'Conor Sloane. Theory, history, biography, practical 
applications, manufacture. 365 pages. Illustrated. 82. 00 



LOCOMOTIVE ENGINEERING 



AIR-BRAKE CATECHISM. By Robert H. Blackall. 
This book is a standard text book. It covers the Westinghouse 
Air-Brake Equipment, including the No. 5 and the No. 6 E T 
Locomotive Brake Equipment; the K (Quick-Service) Triple 
Valve for Freight Service; and the Cross-Compound Pump. 
The operation of all parts of the apparatus is explained in detail, 
and a practical way of finding their peculiarities and defects, 
with a proper remedy, is given. It contains 2,000 questions with 
their answers, which will enable any railroad man to pass any 
examination on the subject of Air Brakes. Endorsed and used 
by air-brake instructors and examiners on nearly every rail- 
road in the United States. 23d Edition. 380 pages, fully 
illustrated with folding plates ^nd diagrams. $2.00 



AMERICAN COMPOUND LOCOMOTIVES. By Fred 
H Colviv T he most complete book on compounds published. 
S;^ In'tvnes including the balanced compound. Make* 
fver^hfng dear by many iflustrations. and shows valve setting. 
breakdowns and repairs. 142 pages. 

APPLICATION OF HIGHLY SUPERHEATED STEAM 
™ 1 OCOMOTIVES. By Robert Garbe. A practical book 

tSe- S34 anfsSperheattag; Designs of Locomotive 
Lngme, ^ ™P£"„*" * tive Details of Locomotives using Highly 
IS^SSk^Srimeital and Working Results. JhjH 

trated with folding plates and tables. 

COMBUSTION OF COAL AND THE PREVENTION 

ft /«inKE BvWm M. Barr. To be a success a fireman 
?W' T iJht on Coa '*' He must keep his fire in good con- 
must be Light ontoa. n Jbl th smoke nuisance. 

»tfi ^should know how c?al burns, how smoke is formed 

of a Locomotive. Nearly 350 Pages, fully illustrated. 

r rniz TifOTTONS VALVES AND VALVE SETTING. By 

LIN^K MOTIONS, VA^> (< American Machinist." 

wmmmsmm 

^TdeUrne b nt o k ngnftcfna^. Fully illustrated. 50 cents. 

.nroMOTIVE BOILER CONSTRUCTION. By Frank 
A. ,K°^ Jhe 0", y ^ I^^W^ 
useuT ^^^a^TSstru tion, practical £*s -ch^ 

£ ^rai«|s«|£ t&to&ss? & 

lars to any railroad man. 421 pages, 334 g3 Q0 

folding plates. 

LOCOMOTIVE BREAKDOWNS AND THEIR MM- 



LOCOMOTIVE CATECHISM By J£°»^ ,^3S£ A £ 
27 th revised Land ^-J^^^v^fKc^o exaa^ 

encyclopedia of the |"corcouve. among them those 

tion questions with their answers, "?£uiui b Examinations, 

asked at the First, Second and Third year s r,x 
8-s pages, 43 7 illustrations and 3 folding plates. 



13 



NEW TORK AIR-BRAKE CATECHISM. By Robert 
H. Blackall. This is a complete treatise on the New York 
Air-Brake and Air-Signalling Apparatus, giving a detailed de- 
scription of all the parts, their operation, troubles, and the 
methods of locating and remedying the same. 200 pages, fully 
illustrated. S1.00 

POCKET-RAILROAD DICTIONARY AND VADE ME- 
CUM. By Fred H. Colvin, Associate Editor "American 
Machinist." Different from any hook you ever saw. Gives clear 
and concise information on just the points you are interested in. 
It's really a pocket dictionary, fully illustrated, and so arranged 
that you can find just what you want in a second without an 
index. Whether you are interested in Axles or Acetylene; Com- 
pounds or Counter Balancing; Rails or Reducing Valves; Tires 
or Turntables, you'll find them in this little book. It's very 
complete. Flexible cloth cover, 200 pages. SI. 00 

TRAIN RULES AND DESPATCHING. By H. A. Dalby. 
Contains the standard code for both single and double track and 
explains how trains are handled under all conditions. Gives all 
signals in colors, is illustrated wherever necessary, and the 
most complete book in print on this important subject. Bound 
in fine seal flexible leather. 22 1 pages. SI. 50 

WALSCHAERT LOCOMOTIVE VALVE GEAR. By 

Wm. W. Wood. If you would thoroughly understand the 
Walschaert Valve Gear, you should possess a copy of this book. 
The author divides the subject into four divisions, as follows: 
I. Analysis of the gear. II. Designing and erecting of the gear. 
III. Advantages of the gear. IV. Questions and answers re- 
lating to the Walschaert Valve Gear. This book is specially valu- 
able to those preparing for promotion. Nearly 200 pages. SI. 50 

AVESTINGHOUSE E T AIR-BRAKE INSTRUCTION 
POCKET BOOK CATECHISM. By Wm. W. Wood, Air-Brake 

Instructor. A practical work containing examination questions 
and answers on the E T Equipment. Covering what the E T 
Brake is. How it should be operated. What to do when de- 
fective. Not a question can be asked of the engineman up for 
promotion on either the No. 5 or the No. 6 E T equipment that 
is not asked and answered in the book. If you want to thor- 
oughly understand the E T equipment get a copy of this book. 
It covers every detail. Makes Air-Brake troubles and examina- 
tions easy. Fully illustrated with colored plates, showing 
various pressures. S3. 00 



MACHINE SHOP PRACTICE 



AMERICAN TOOL MAKING AND INTERCHANGE- 
ABLE MANUFACTURING. By J. V. Woodworth. A 
practical treatise on the designing, constructing, use, and in- 
stallation of tools, jigs, fixtures, devices, special appliances, 
sheet-metal working processes, automatic mechanisms, and 
labor-saving contrivances; together with their use in the lathe 
milling machine, turret lathe, screw machine, boring mill, power 
press, drill, subpress, drop hammer, etc., for the working of 
metals, the production of interchangeable machine parts, and 
the manufacture of repetition articles of metal. 560 pages, 
600 illustrations. $4.00 

H 



HENLEY'S ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PRACTICAL EN- 
GINEERING AND ALLIED TRADES. Edited by Joseph 
G Horner. A.M.I.Mech.I. This work covers the entire prac- 
tice of Civil and Mechanical Engineering. The best known ex- 
perts in all branches of engineering have contributed to these 
volumes. The Cyclopedia is admirably well adapted to the needs 
of the beginner and the self-taught practical man, as well as the 
mechanical engineer, designer, draftsman, shop superintendent, 
foreman and machinist. 

It is a modern treatise in five volumes. Handsomely bound 
in Half Morocco, each volume containing nearly 500 pages, with 
thousands of illustrations, including diagrammatic and sectional 
drawings with full explanatory details. 825.00 for the com- 
plete set of five volumes. $6.00 per volume, when ordered singly. 

MACHINE SHOP ARITHMETIC. By Colvin-Cheney. 
Most popular book for shop men. Shows how all shop problems 
are worked out and "why." Includes change gears for cutting 
any threads; drills, taps, shink and force fits; metric system 
of measurements and threads. Used by all classes of mechanics 
and for instruction of Y. M. C. A. and other schools. Fifth 
edition. 131 pages. 50 cents 

MECHANICAL MOVEMENTS, POWERS, AND DE- 
VICES. By Gardner D. Hiscox. This is a collection of 1890 
engravings of different mechanical motions and appliances, ac- 
companied by appropriate text, making it a book of great value 
to the inventor, the draftsman, and to all readers with mechanical 
tastes. The book is divided into eighteen sections or chapters 
in which the subject matter is classified under the following 
heads- Mechanical Powers, Transmission of Power, Measurement 
of Power, Steam Power, Air Power Appliances, Electric Power 
and Construction, Navigation and Roads, Gearing, Motion and 
Devices, Controlling Motion, Horological, Mining, Mill and 
Factory Appliances, Construction and Devices, Drafting Devices, 
Miscellaneous Devices, etc. nth edition. 400 octavo pages 

MECHANICAL APPLIANCES, MECHANICAL MOVE- 
MENTS AND NOVELTIES OF CONSTRUCTION. By 

Gardner D. Hiscox. This is a supplementary volume to the 
one upon mechanical movements. Unlike the first volume, 
which is more elementary in character, this volume contains 
illustrations and descriptions of many combinations of motions 
and of mechanical devices and appliances found in different lines 
of Machinery. Each device being shown by a line drawing with 
a description showing its working parts and the method ot opera- 
tion From the multitude of devices described, and illustrated, 
might be mentioned, in passing, such items as conveyors and 
elevators, Prony brakes, thermometers, various types of boilers, 
solar engines, oil-fuel burners, condensers, evaporators, Corliss 
and other valve gears, governors, gas engines, water motors ot 
various descriptions, air ships, motors and dynamos automobile 
and motor bicycles, railway block signals, car couples link and 
gear motions, ball bearings, breech block mechanism for heavy 
guns, and a large accumulation of others of equal importance 
1,000 specially made engravings. 396 octavo pages. s^.ao 

CDcru , nrrcD These two volumes sell for $2.50 each 
orttlAL UrrtK. but w h e n the two volumes are ordered 
at one time from us, we send them prepaid to any address in the 
world, on receipt of $4.00. You save $1 by ordering the two 
volumes of Mechanical Movements at one time. 



.. MODERN MACHINE SHOP CONSTRUCTION, EQUIP- 
MENT AND MANAGEMENT. By Oscar E. Perrigo. 
The only work published that describes the Modern Machine 
Shop or Manufacturing Plant from the time the grass is growing 
on the site intended for it until the finished product is shipped. 
Just the book needed by those contemplating the erection of 
modern shop buildings, the rebuilding and reorganization of old 
ones, or the introduction of Modern Shop Methods, Time and 
Cost Systems. It is a book written and illustrated by a prac- 
tical shop man for practical shop men who are too busy to read 
theories and want facts. It is the most complete all-around book 
of its kind ever published. 400 large quarto pages, 225 original 
and specially-made illustrations. $5.00 

MODERN MACHINE SHOP TOOLS; THEIR CON- 
STRUCTION, OPERATION, AND MANIPULATION. By 

W. H. Vaxdervoort. A work of 555 pages and 673 illustra- 
tions, describing in every detail the construction, operation, and 
manipulation of both Hand and Machine Tools. Includes 
chapters on filing, fitting, and scraping surfaces; on drills, ream- 
ers, taps, and dies; the lathe and its tools; planers, shapers, 
and their tools; milling machines and cutters; gear cutters and 
gear cutting; drilling machines and drill work; grinding ma- 
chines and their work; hardening and tempering; gearing, 
belting and transmission machinery; useful data and tables. 

$4.00 

THE MODERN MACHINIST. By John T. Usher. This 
book might be called a compendium of shop methods, showing a 
variety of special tools and appliances which will give new ideas 
to many mechanics from the superintendent down to the man 
at the bench. It will be found a valuable addition to any machin- 
ist's library and should be consulted whenever a new or difficult 
job is to be done, whether it is boring, milling, turning, or plan- 
ing, as they are all treated in a practical manner. Fifth edition. 
320 pages, 250 illustrations. $2.50 

MODERN MECHANISM. Edited by Park Benjamin. A 
practical treatise on machines, motors and the transmission of 
power, being a complete work and a supplementary volume to 
Appleton's Cyclopedia of Applied Mechanics. Deals solely with 
the principal and most useful advances of the past few years. 
959 pages containing over 1,000 illustrations; bound in half 
morocco. $4.00 

MODERN MILLING MACHINES: THEIR DESIGN, 
CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION. By Joseph G. 
Horner. This book describes and illustrates the Milling Ma- 
chine and its work in such a plain, clear, and forceful manner, 
and illustrates the subject so clearly and completely, that the 
up-to-date machinist, student, or mechanical engineer can not 
afford to do without the valuable information which it contains. 
It describes not only the early machines of this class, but notes 
their gradual development into the splendid machines of the 
present day, giving the design and construction of the various 
types, forms, and special features produced by prominent 
manufacturers, American and foreign. 304 pages, 300 illustra- 
tions. $4.00 

" SHOP KINKS." By Robert Grimshaw. This shows 
special methods of doing work of various kinds, and reducing 
cost of production. Has hints and kinks from some of the largest 
shops in this country and Europe. You are almost sure to find 
some that apply to your work, and in such a way as to save time 
and trouble. 400 pages. Fourth edition. $2.50 

16 



TOOLS FOR MACHINISTS AND WOOD WORKERS, 
INCLUDING INSTRUMENTS OF MEASUREMENT. By 

Joseph G. Horner. A practical treatise of 340 pages, fully 
illustrated and comprising a general description and classifica- 
tion of _ cutting tools and tool angles, allied cutting tools for 
machinists and woodworkers; shearing tools; scraping tools; 
saws; milling cutters; drilling and boring tools; taps and dies- 
punches and hammers; and the hardening, tempering and 
grinding of these tools. Tools for measuring and testing work, 
including standards of measurement; surface plates; levels; 
surface gauges; dividers; calipers; verniers; micrometers- 
snap, cylindrical and limit gauges; screw thread, wire and 
reference gauges, indicators, templets, etc. §3.50 

MANUAL TRAINING 



ECONOMICS OF MANUAL TRAINING. By Louis 
Rouillion. The only book that gives just the information 
needed by all interested in manual training, regarding buildings, 
equipment and supplies. Shows exactly what is needed for all 
grades of the wo. /C from the Kindergarten to the High and Nor- 
mal School. Gi\es itemized lists of everything needed and tells 
just what it ought to cost. Also shows where to buy supplies. 

$1.50 

MARINE ENGINEERING 



MARINE ENGINES AND BOILERS, THEIR DESIGN 

AND CONSTRUCTION. By Dr. G. Bauer, Leslie S. 
Robertson, and S. Bryan Donkin. This work is clearly 
written, thoroughly systematic, theoretically sound; while the 
character of its plans, drawings, tables, and statistics is without 
reproach. The illustrations are careful reproductions from 
actual working drawings, with some well-executed photographic 
views of completed engines and boilers. $9.00 net 

MINING 



'ORE DEPOSITS OF SOUTH AFRICA WITH A 
CHAPTER ON HINTS TO PROSPECTORS. By J. P. John- 
son. This book gives a condensed account of the ore-deposits 
at present known in South Africa. It is also intended as a guide 
to the prospector. Only an elementary knowledge of geology 
and some mining experience are necessary in order to under- 
stand this work. With these qualifications, it will materially 
assist one in his search for metalliferous mineral occurrences 
and, so far as simple ores are concerned, should enable one to 
form some idea of the possibilities of any they may find. 

Among the chapters given are: Titaniferous and Chromif- 
erous Iron Oxides — Nickel — Copper — Cobalt — Tin — Molyb- 
denum — Tungsten — Lead — Mercury — Antimony — I r o n — Hints 
to Prospectors. Illustrated. S3. 00 

PRACTICAL COAL MINING. By T. H. Cockin. An im- 
portant work, containing 428 pages and 213 illustrations, com- 
plete with practical details, which will intuitively impart to the 
reader, not only a general knowledge of the principles of coal 
mining, but also considerable insight into allied subjects. The 
treatise is positively up to date in every instance, and should 
be in the hands of every colliery engineer, geologist, mine 
operator, superintendent, foreman, and all others who are in- 
terested in or connected with the industry. 83.50 

17 



PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY OF MINING. By T. H. 

Byrom. A practical work for the use of all preparing for ex- 
aminations in mining or qualifying for colliery managers' cer- 
tificates. The aim of the author in this excellent book is to place 
clearly before the reader useful and authoritative data which 
will render him valuable assistance in his studies. The only work 
of its kind published. The information incorporated in it will 
prove of the greatest practical utility to students, mining en- 
gineers, colliery managers, and all others who are specially in- 
terested in the present-day treatment of mining problems. 160 
pages. Illustrated. S3. 00 

MISCELLANEOUS 



BRONZES. Henley's Twentieth Century Receipt Book con- 
tains many practical formulas on bronze casting, imitation 
bronze, bronze polishes, renovation of bronze. See page 24 for 
full description of this book. $3.00 

EMINENT ENGINEERS. By Dwight Goddard. Every- 
one who appreciates the effect of such great inventions as the 
Steam Engine, Steamboat, Locomotive, Sewing Machine, Steel 
Working, and other fundamental discoveries, is interested in 
knowing a little about the men who made them and their achieve- 
ments. 

Mr. Goddard has selected thirty-two of the world's engineers 
who have contributed most largely to the advancement of our 
civilization by mechanical means, giving only such facts as are of 
general interest and in a way which appeals to all, whether 
mechanics or not. 280 pages, 35 illustrations. SI. 50 

LAWS OF BUSINESS, By Theophilus Parsons, LL.D. 
The Best Book for Business Men ever Published. Treats clearly 
of Contracts, Sales, Notes, Bills of Exchange, Agency, Agree- 
ment, Stoppage in Transitu, Consideration, Limitations, Leases, 
Partnership, Executors, Interest, Hotel Keepers, Fire and Life 
Insurance, Collections, Bonds, Frauds, Receipts, Patents, Deeds 
Mortgages, Liens, Assignments, Minors, Married Women, Arbi- 
tration, Guardians, Wills, etc. Three Hundred Approved Forms 
are given. Every Business Man should have a copy of this book 
for ready reference. The book is bound in full sheep, and Con- 
tains 864 Octavo Pages. Our special price. S3. 50 

PATTERN MAKING 

_ PRACTICAL PATTERN MAKING. By F. W. Barrows. 
This is a very complete and entirely practical treatise on the 
subject of pattern making, illustrating pattern work in wood and 
metal. From its pages you are taught just what you should 
know about pattern making. It contains a detailed description 
of the materials used by pattern makers, also the tools, both 
those for hand use, and the more interesting machine tools; hav- 
ing complete chapters on The Band Saw, The Buzz Saw, and The 
Lathe. Individual patterns of many different kinds are fully 
illustrated and described, and the mounting of metal patterns on 
plates for molding machines is included. $2.00 

PERFUMERY 



HENLEY'S TWENTIETH CENTURY BOOK OF RE- 
CEIPTS, FORMULAS AND PROCESSES. Edited by G. D. 
Hiscox. The most valuable Techno-Chemical Receipt Book 
published. Contains over 10,000 practical Receipts many of 
which will prove of special value to the perfumer, a mine of in- 
formation, up to date in every respect. Cloth, $3.00; half 
morocco. See page 24 for full description of this book. $4.00 

18 



PERFUMES AND THEIR PREPARATION. By G. W. 

Askinson, Perfumer. A comprehensive treatise, in which 
there has been nothing omitted that could be of value to the 
Perfumer Complete directions for making handkerchief per- 
fumes smelling-salts, sachets, fumigating pastilles; preparations 
for the care of the skin, the mouth, the hair, cosmetics, hair dyes 
and other toilet articles are given, also a detailed description 
of aromatic substances; their nature, tests of purity, and 
wholesale manufacture. A book of general, as well as profes- 
sional interest, meeting the wants not only of the druggist and 
perfume manufacturer, but also of the general public. Ihird 
edition. 312 pages. Illustrated. *.J.uu 



PLUMBING 



MODERN PLUMBING ILLUSTRATED. By R. M. 

Starbuck. The author of this book, Mr. R. M. Starbuck, is one 
of the leading authorities on plumbing m the United btates 1 he 
book represents the highest standard of plumbing work It has 
been adopted and used as a reference book by the United btates 
Government, in its sanitary work in Cuba, Porto Rico and the 
Philippines, and by the principal Boards of Health of the United 
States and Canada. 

It eives Connections, Sizes and Working Data for All Fixtures 
and Groups of Fixtures. It is helpful to the Master Plumber in 
Demonstrating to his customers and in figuring work. It gives 
the Mechanic and Student quick and easy Access to the best 
Modern Plumbing Practice. Suggestions for Estimating Plumb- 
ing Construction are contained in its pages. 1 his book repre- 
sents in a word, the latest and best up-to-date practice, and 
should be in the hands of every architect, sanitary engineer 
and plumber who wishes to keep himself up to the minute on this 
important feature of construction. 400 octavo pages, fully 
illustrated by 55 full-page engravings. •*•"" 



RUBBER 



HENLEY'S TWENTIETH CENTURY BOOK OF RE- 
CEIPTS FORMULAS AND PROCESSES. Edited by Gard- 
ner D. Hiscox. Contains upward of 10,000 Practical receipts, 
including among them formulas on artificial rubber, bee pag ,e 
24 for full description of this book. *><j.uu 

RUBBER HAND STAMPS AND THE MANIPULATION 
OF INDIA RUBBER. By T. O'Conor Sloane. This book 
gives full details on all points, treating in a concise and simple 
manner the elements of nearly everything it »s necessary to under- 
stand for a commencement in any branch ofthe India Kubber 
Manufacture. The making of all kinds of Rubber Hand Stamps, 
SmaS Articles of India Rubber , U, S Government .Composi- 
tion, Dating Hand Stamps, the Manipulation of Sheet Rubber. 
Toy Balloons, India Rubber Solutions, Cements, Blackings, 
Renovating Varnish, and Treatment for India Rubber Shoes, 
etc.; the Hektograph Stamp Inks, and Miscellaneous Notes, 
with a Short Account of the Discovery, Collection and Manufac- 
ture of India Rubber are set forth in a« a "« r filmed to be 
readily understood, the explanations being plain and simple 
Second edition. 144 »ages. Illustrated. * A -" U 

19 



SAWS 

SAW FILING AND MANAGEMENT OF SAWS. By 

Robert Grimshaw. A practical hand book on filing, gumming, 
swaging, hammering, and the brazing of band saws, the speed, 
work, and power to run circular saws, etc. A handy book for 
those who have charge of saws, or for those mechanics who do 
their own filing, as it deals with the proper shape and pitches of 
saw teeth of all kinds and gives many useful hints and rules for 
gumming, setting, and filing, and is a practical aid to those who 
use saws for any purpose. New edition, revised and enlarged. 
Illustrated. $1.00 

SCREW CUTTING 



THREADS AND THREAD CUTTING. By Colvin and 
Stabel. This clears up many of the mysteries of thread- 
cutting, such as double and triple threads, internal threads, catch- 
ing threads, use of hobs, etc. Contains a lot of useful hints and 
several tables. 25 cents 

SHEET METAL WORK 



DIES, THEIR CONSTRUCTION AND USE FOR THE 
MODERN WORKING OF SHEET METALS. By J. V. 

Woodworth. A new book by a practical man, for those who 
wish to know the latest practice in the working of sheet metals. 
It shows how dies are designed, made and used, and those who 
are engaged in this line of work can secure many valuable 
suggestions. S3. 00 

PUNCHES, DIES AND TOOLS FOR MANUFACTUR- 
ING IN PRESSES. By J. V. Woodworth. A work of 500 
pages and illustrated by nearly 700 engravings, being an en- 
cyclopedia of die-making, punch-making, die sinking, sheet- 
metal working, and making of special tools, subpresses, devices 
and mechanical combinations for punching, cutting, bending, 
forming, piercing, drawing, compressing, and assembling sheet- 
metal parts and also articles of other materials in machine tools. 

$4.00 

STEAM ENGINEERING 

AMERICAN STATIONARY ENGINEERING. By W. 

E. Crane. A new book by a well-known author. Begins at 
the boiler room and takes in the whole power plant. Contains 
the result of years of practical experience in all sorts of engine 
rooms and gives exact information that cannot be found else- 
where. It's plain enough for practical men and yet of value to 
those high in the profession. Has a complete examination for a 
license. $2.00 

T BOILER ROOM CHART. By Geo. L. Fowler. A Chart 
— size 14x28 inches — showing in isometric perspective the 
mechanisms belonging in a modern boiler room. Water tube 
boilers, ordinary grates and mechanical stokers, feed water 
heaters and pumps comprise the equipment. The various parts 
are shown broken or removed, so that the internal construction 
is fully illustrated. Each part is given a reference number, and 
these, with the corresponding name, are given in a glossary 
printed at the sides. This chart is really a dictionary of the 
boiler room — the names of more than 200 parts being given. 
It is educational — worth many times its cost, f 25 cents 



ENGINE RUNNER'S CATECHISM. By Robert Grim- 
chaw Tells how to erect, adjust, and run the principal steam 
engines in use in the United States. The work is of a handy 
s?z! for the pocket. To young engineers this catechism will be 
of great value, especially to those who may be preparing to go 
forward to be examined for certificates of competency; and 
to engineers generally it will be of no little service as they will 
find in thS volume more really practical, and useful information 
Snisto be found anywhere else within a like compass. 387 
pages. Sixth edition. 

™riNE TESTS AND BOILER EFFICIENCIES. By 

T B^?et N tk This work fully describes and illustrates the 
J ' ot wl of testing the power of steam engines, turbine and 
^xnlosfve motors" 8 The properties of steam and the evapora- 
tiv P e oowerrf fuels. Combustion of fuel and chimney draft; 
with Cmulas explained or practically computed. 25 5 pages. 
179 illustrations. 

HORSE POWER CHART. Shows the horse power of any 

sfiSsS £»«£ p-»t^S ffi 

Especially useful to engineers and designers. 50 cents 

200 Questions with then- Answers o^ Examini Board , are 
Engineering, likely to be asKea pytne Q 

included. 487 Pages, 405 engravings. 

<STFAM ENGINE CATECHISM. By Robert Grimshaw 

and answer P^fs^^f^Jgi^pertain to the. opera- 
answers for all the^bteam pro oie En £ ine Illustrations of 
tion and management of the ^ h a ^ he Y r n ^ inciples of operation 
various valves and valve gea w g t^ jmnc^es P^ ^ 



edition 



area of boilers, has taDies ui J*V=~ . tprms p u ts you onto 
tables; has a dictionary of en ^ n a ee ^f t ™ S the re is to figure 

not the hardest way to figure, but the easiest. 



21 



STEAM HEATING AND VENTILATION 

PRACTICAL, STEAM, HOT-WATER HEATING AND 
VENTILATION. By A. G. King. This book is the standard 
and latest work published on the subject and has been prepared 
for the use of all engaged in the business of steam, hot-water 
heating and ventilation. It is an original and exhaustive work. 
Tells how to get heating contracts, how to install heating and 
ventilating apparatus, the best business methods to be used, with 
"Tricks of the Trade" for shop use. Rules and data for esti- 
mating radiation and cost and such tables and information as 
make it an indispensable work for everyone interested in steam, 
hot-water heating and ventilation. It describes all the principal 
systems of steam, hot-water, vacuum, vapor and vacuum- 
vapor heating, together with the new accelerated systems of 
hot-water circulation, including chapters on up-to-date methods 
of ventilation and the fan or blower system of heating and venti- 
lation. 

You should secure a copy of this book, as each chapter con- 
tains a mine of practical information. 367 pages, 300 detailed 
engravings. $3.00 

STEAM PIPES' 



STEAM PIPES: THEIR DESIGN AND CONSTRUC- 
TION. By Wm. H. Booth. The work is well illustrated in regard 
to pipe joints, expansion offsets, flexible joints, and self-contained 
sliding joints for taking up the expansion of long pipes. In fact, 
the chapters on the flow of Steam and expansion of pipes are most 
valuable to all steam fitters and users. The pressure strength of 
pipes and method of hanging them is well treated and illustrated. 
Valves and by-passes are fully illustrated and described, as are 
also flange joints and their proper proportions. Exhaust heads 
and separators. One of the most valuable chapters is that on 
superheated steam and the saving of steam by insulation with 
the various kinds of felting and other materials, with comparison 
tables of the loss of heat in thermal units from naked and felted 
steam pipes. Contains 187 pages. $2.00 

STEEL 



AMERICAN STEEL WORKER. By E. R. Markham. 
The standard work on hardening, tempering and annealing steel 
of all kinds. A practical book for the machinist, tool maker or 
superintendent. Shows just how to secure best results in any 
case that comes along. How to make and use furnaces and case 
harden; how to handle high-speed steel and how to temper for all 
classes of work. $2.50 

HARDENING, TEMPERING, ANNEALING, AND 
FORGING OF STEEL. By J. V. Woodworth. A new- book 
containing special directions for the successful hardening and 
tempering of all steel tools. Milling cutters, taps, thread dies, 
reamers, both solid and shell, hollow mills, punches and dies, 
and all kinds of sheet-metal working tools, shear blades, saws, 
fine cutlery and metal-cutting tools of all descriptions, as well 
as for all implements of steel both large and small, the simplest, 
and most satisfactory hardening and tempering processes are 
presented. The uses to which the leading brands of steel may be 
adapted are concisely presented, and their treatment for -work- 
ing under different conditions explained, as are also the special 
methods for the hardening and tempering of special brands. 
320 pages, 250 illustrations. $2.50 

22 



HENLEY'S TWENTIETH CENTURY BOOK OF RE- 
CEIPTS, FORMULAS AND PROCESSES. Edited by Gard- 
ner D. Hiscox. The most valuable techno-chemical Receipt 
book published, giving, among other practical receipts, methods 
of annealing, coloring, tempering, welding, plating, polishing 
and cleaning steel. See page 24 for full description of this book. 

83.00 

WATCH MAKING 



HENLEY'S TWENTIETH CENTURY BOOK OF RE- 
CEIPTS, FORMULAS AND PROCESSES. Edited by 
Gardner D. Hiscox. Contains upwards of 10,000 practical 
formulas including many watchmakers' formulas. $3.00 

WATCHMAKER'S HANDBOOK. By Claudius Saunier. 
No work issued can compare with this book for clearness and 
completeness. It contains 498 pages and is intended as a work- 
shop companion for those engaged in Watchmaking and allied 
Mechanical Arts. Nearly 250 engravings and fourteen plates 
are included. $3.00 

WIRELESS TELEPHONES 



WIRELESS TELEPHONES AND HOW THEY WORK. 

By James Erskine-Murray. This work is free from elaborate 
details and aims at giving a clear survey of the way in which 
Wireless Telephones work. It is intended for amateur workers 
and for those whose knowledge of Electricity is slight. Chap- 
ters contained: How We Hear — Historical — The Conversion of 
Sound into Electric Waves — Wireless Transmission — The Pro- 
duction of Alternating Currents of High Frequency — How the 
Electric Waves are Radiated and Received — The Receiving 
Instruments — Detectors — Achievements and Expectations — 
Glossary of Technical Words. Cloth. 81.00 



23 




Henley's Twentieth Century 

Book of 

Recipes, Formulas 
and Processes 

Edited by GARDNER D. HISCOX, M.E. 
Price $3.00 Cloth Binding $4.00 Half Morocco Binding 

Contains over 10,000 Selected Scientific, Chemical, 

Technological and Practical Recipes and 

Processes, inclu ding Hundreds of 

So-Called Trade Secrets 



for Every Business 

THIS book of 8oo pages is the most complete Book of 
Recipes ever published, giving thousands of recipes 
for the manufacture of valuable articles forevery-day 
use. Hints, Helps, Practical Ideas and Secret Processes 
are revealed within its pages. It covers every branch of 
the useful arts and tells thousands of ways of making 
money and is just the book everyone should have at his 
command. 

The pages are filled with matters of intense interest and 
immeasurable practical value to the Photographer, the 
Perfumer, the Painter, the Manufacturer of Glues, Pastes, 
Cements and Mucilages, the Physician, the Druggist, the 
Electrician, the Brewer, the Engineer, the Foundryman, 
the Machinist, the Potter, the Tanner, the Confectioner, 
the Chiropodist, the Manufacturer of Chemical Novelties 
and Toilet Preparations, the Dyer, the Electroplater, 
the Enameler, the Engraver, the Provisioner, the Glass 
Worker, the Goldbeater, the Watchmaker and Jeweler, 
the Ink Manufacturer, the Optician, the Farmer, the Dairy- 
man, the Paper Maker, the Metal Worker, the Soap Maker, 
the Veterinary Surgeon, and the Technologist in general. 

A book to which you may turn with confidence that you 
will find what you are looking for. A mine of informa- 
tion up-to-date in every respect. Contains an immense 
number of formulas that every one ought to have that are 
not found in any other work. 



I 






One copy del. to Cat. Div. 
10 1911 



